ORANGE BOOK Flashcards

1
Q

‘Z’ is the number of protons in the nucleus

A

True: Z is the atomic number and indicates the number of protons in the nucleus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

‘A’ determines an element’s place in the periodic table.

A

False: A is the mass number. Z determines place in the periodic table.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

A stable nucleus contains equal numbers of protons and neutrons.

A

False: Higher atomic number nuclei require more neutrons than protons for stability.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Binding energy is that required to excite an electron to a higher energy shell.

A

False: Binding energy is expended completely removing the electron from the atom.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

Protons are loosely bound to neutrons in the nucleus.

A

False: They are tightly bound.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

Electrons are arranged in shells around the nucleus at specific energy levels.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

A proton has a mass approximately 1850 times that of an electron.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

Characteristic radiation is produced from the valence shell.

A

False: Characteristic radiation is from inner shells.

The valence shell gives the chemical properties.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

The binding energy is highest for a valence shell electron.

A

False: It is lowest for valence shell electrons and highest for the K shell.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

K shell binding energy increases with increasing atomic number.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

In a vacuum, velocity of radio waves is equal to that of infrared light.

A

D. True All electromagnetic radiation travels at the speed of light in a vacuum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

There can be up to 8 electrons orbiting the nucleus in the L shell.

A

True:There can be up to 2 electrons in the K shell, 8 in the L shell, 18 in the M shell and 32 in the N shell.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Nuclides have the same chemical properties between isotopes of a particular element.

A

True: Isotopes have the same number of protons and therefore when neutral the same number of electrons.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

An electron is not a nucleon.

A

True: Neutrons and protons are nucleons.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Nuclides are isotopes if they have the same atomic mass but different atomic number.

A

False: Nuclides with the same number of protons but different number of neutrons are isotopes, therefore they have the same atomic number and different atomic mass.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Velocity of electromagnetic radiation increases as energy increases.

A

False: Frequency increases with energy, but velocity is constant.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Frequency and wavelength of electromagnetic radiation are directly proportional to each other

A

FALSE. They are inversely proportional.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

Visible light has a shorter wavelength than ultraviolet light.

A

FALSE. UV light has a shorter wavelength than visible light and is part of the electromagnetic spectrum

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

EM radiation includes beta radiation

A

False: Beta particles are electrons emitted from the nucleus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

EM radiation travels in straight lines if unattenuated.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Ionising radiation:

Causes direct damage if it is absorbed in tissue

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

EM radiation has energy that is usually expressed in Joules in diagnostic radiography

A

False: Electron volts (eV), which give manageable numbers for calculations (1eV = 1.6 x 10-19Joules).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Ionising radiation:
Causes indirect damage through ionization of water and production of free radicals

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

Ionising radiation:
Always obeys the inverse square law.

A

False: Only applicable to types of electromagnetic radiation from a point source and without attenuation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

Ionising radiation: Is useful in medical imaging in all its forms.

A

False: Gamma and x-rays are useful, neutrons, alpha, and beta particles are not.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

Ionising radiation: May require only to be shielded with Perspex.

A

True: Beta radiation may require only Perspex shielding, however optimal shielding is achieved with Perspex backed with lead.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

Secondary electrons: They are recoil electrons produced during Compton scattering events.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

Secondary electrons: range depends only upon the density of the material through which they are travelling.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

Secondary electrons can interact with inner shell electrons of atoms they pass causing ionization.

A

False: They interact with outer shell electrons to cause ionization.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

Secondary electrons are the reason that x-ray and gamma rays are indirectly ionizing.

A

True: Alpha and beta particles are directly ionizing as they are charged.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

Secondary electrons cause heat

A

Energy from the x-ray beam is converted into increased molecular motion and therefore heat.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

β minus decay reduces atomic number by 1

A

False. Neutron -> Proton increases Z / atomic number by 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

Alpha particles are helium nuclei.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Some radionuclides emit electrons and characteristic x-rays

A

True: During internal conversion a K shell electron is ejected, producing characteristic x-rays when the K shell vacancy is filled with an electron from the L shell.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

Radioactive decay is the number of disintegrations per minute.

A

False: Disintegrations per second (Bequerels (Bq)).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

Most nuclides left in a metastable state after beta decay, emit gamma rays to reach ground state.

A

True:This is isomeric transition.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

Positron emission reduces the number of protons in an atom by 1.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Decay rate can be increased by increasing temperature.

A

False: Decay rate is not affected by physical conditions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

If stored long enough, the radioactivity of a radionuclide will drop to zero.

A

False. Radioactivity never reaches zero because of exponential decay.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

Gamma emitting radionuclides with shorter half life are safer to use and store than those with longer life

A

True: Shorter time to decay to negligible activity is safer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

Beta emission is at a continuous range of energies.

A

True: Beta emission is at a continuous range of energies up to a maximum (Emax) and with average energy approximately Emax / 3.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

Radioactive decay constant is the probability of nuclear decay per unit time.

A

True: Decay constant is the fraction of nuclei decaying per unit time.This is the
probability of decay, as decay of individual atoms occurs at random and cannot be predicted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Physical half-life (t1/2) is the time taken for the activity to decay to ½ the original value.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Gamma rays are emitted at a single photon energy.

A

False: More than 1 photon energy may be emitted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

In 10 half-lives the activity is reduced by a factor of approximately 1000.

A

True - factor of 1024

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

Only one type of radiation is emitted by a radionuclide.

A

False: Often there is beta and gamma, or alpha and gamma emission together.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

Direct emission from radioactive decay includes:
A. Beta minus emission.
B. Characteristic x-rays.
C. Bremsstrahlung.
D. Alpha particles.
E. Positron emission.

A

A.True: Occurs in radionuclides with neutron excess.
B. True: Through internal conversion or K-shell capture.
C. False: This is due to interactions of electrons with the electric field around the nucleus and not of decay directly.
D. True.
E. True: Occurs in radionuclides with neutron deficit.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Beam intensity is the total energy per unit area per unit time.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

The inverse square law applies to all x-ray beams

A

False: This only applies to x-rays from a point source.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

X-rays have lower linear energy transfer than alpha particles.

A

True: Alpha particles are heavy and produce ionizing events closely spaced along a short path, causing maximum DNA damage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

All electromagnetic radiation can cause ionization

A

False: Only high-energy photons (x-rays/gamma rays) are ionizing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

At equivalent energy, an x-ray cannot be distinguished from a gamma ray.

A

True: How they are produced differs, but they are indistinguishable at equivalent energies.

X-rays
Produced when electrons are accelerated or decelerated, or when they rearrange within an atom. X-rays can be produced naturally or by machines.

Gamma rays
Produced when an excited nucleus of a radioactive element undergoes radioactive decay. Gamma rays can also be produced by particle annihilation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

Usually a voltage of 10V and a current of 10A pass through the filament.

A

True: This heats the filament to incandescence, so that electrons can be boiled off by thermionic emission in order to be accelerated across the tube.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

The accelerating voltage of the tube is typically in the range 60-120kV.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

The process of thermionic emission occurs on the surface of the anode.

A

False: It occurs at the surface of the cathode.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

When an accelerating electron interacts closely with a target nucleus it is deflected and slowed, losing energy that is emitted as an x-ray photon.

A

True: This is Bremsstrahlung, or braking radiation, which results in the continuous spectrum of radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

The angle of the target ensures that all x-rays produced pass through the window in the tube to form a beam.

A

False: X-rays will be produced in many directions, but only those that pass through the window will contribute to the useful beam, the others will be absorbed by the tube housing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

X-ray production in a diagnostic x-ray tube:

Is more efficient with a rotating compared to a stationary anode.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

X-ray production in a diagnostic x-ray tube:

Requires a cooling air current at all times within the tube.

A

False: The tube contains a vacuum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

Radiation output from an x-ray tube increases with:

A constant potential compared to a single phase waveform.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

Heat is only removed to the tube envelope by conduction.

A

False: Heat is radiated through the vacuum to the envelope.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

X-ray Rotor bearings are lubricated with oil.

A

False: Silver is used oil would evaporate in the vacuum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

The anode stem is a poor heat conductor.

A

True: Prevents damage to the rotor assembly.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

The addition of rhenium to the tungsten target increases toughness and lifespan of the target.

A

True: This alloy reduces surface pitting and increases lifespan.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

X-ray anode angle is generally 20-35°.

A

False: The angle is generally 7-20°.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

X-ray tube the anode angle increases the tube rating if the angle is reduced.

A

True

An x-ray tube rating is the maximum amount of kilowatts (kW) that can be safely used in a 0.1 second period

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

Diagnostic x-ray tube the anode angle

determines the size of field covered by the x-ray beam at a given focus-film distance.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

Spectrum of an x-ray beam is not affected by filtration.

A

False: Increasing mA merely increases the number of photons.

Their energy and therefore the shape of the spectrum remains the same if kV is unaltered.

Double check - does it not increase the area under the curve

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

x-ray beam spectrum MAX/PEAK (as in photon number) is 3/4 kVp

A

FALSE. 1/3-1/2 Max kVp

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

Tungsten is used as a filament because of its high atomic number.

A

False:This is the reason that it is chosen for the anode.

Tungsten used because of high melting point and high resistance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

x-ray tube filament should have a low vapour pressure

A

True: A good property for thermionic emission

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

Anode heel effect results in more attenuation on which side

A

Photons on the ANODE side of the beam have more target material to travel through, so are attenuated and the intensity reduced.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

Anode-heel effect is not advantageous in radiography

A

False: Mammography

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

Anode-heel effect is greater if target angle is steeper

A

True: The steeper the target, the further through the target material the photons on the anode side of the beam have to travel and the more attenuated they are.

Steeper = SMALLER angle

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

Anode-heel effect more noticeable if the focus-film distance is increased

A

False: With increased distance the beam diverges further and the film only intercepts the central part of the beam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

22 Increasing tube kV (with all other factors constant) increases:

Patient entrance surface dose.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

22 Increasing tube kV (with all other factors constant) increases:

Scattered compared to primary radiation at the film.

A

True: Higher kV x-rays are more penetrating so scattering events occur deeper in the patient nearer the film.Also, the scattered photons are more penetrating.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

22 Increasing tube kV (with all other factors constant) increases:

Radiographic contrast.

A

False: Contrast decreases as kV increases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

22 Increasing tube kV (with all other factors constant) increases:

Film blackening.

A

True: Increased kV causes increased exposure and increased film density.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

22 Increasing tube kV (with all other factors constant) increases:

Photoelectric interactions compared to Compton interactions.

A

False:At higher kVs Compton events predominate

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Increased tube filtration increases the half value layer.

A

True: Through beam hardening. Average beam energy is higher

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

Total attenuation is the product of Compton, photoelectric, and elastic attenuation effects.

A

True: This is the total attenuation. Attenuation coefficient is the sum of each process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

Half value thickness is inversely proportional to the linear attenuation coefficient.

A

True: Half value layer is 0.69/µ (µ = linear attenuation coefficient = fraction of the primary beam that is removed per unit distance).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

Attenuation is altered by atomic number

A

True: Attenuation is increased with increasing Z number and increasing density of the attenuating material, through increased Compton scatter and photoelectric absorption. (The probability of photoelectric absorption is proportional to X

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

Attenuation is related inverse square law

A

False: Attenuation is the reduction in intensity due to interactions in matter, whereas the inverse square law is the reduction in intensity due to beam divergence from a point source.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

HVL is thickness of a material that will reduce the intensity of a narrow x-ray beam to 50%

A

True. Exponential as 50% for every HVL.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

HVL is a measure of the penetrating power of an x-ray beam.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

HVL is for lead is greater than for aluminium at a given energy of x-ray beam.

A

False. Lead has a higher Z, no HVL needed is smaller

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

HVL is reduced as the photon energy of the radiation decreases.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

Mass attenuation coefficient: Is measured in cm2/g.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

Mass attenuation coefficient: Linear attenuation coefficient / density

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

Mass attenuation coefficient is less for water than for ice

A

False: It is equal for water and ice, as it is independent of physical density.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

Mass attenuation has many practical applications in diagnostic radiology.

A

False: The linear attenuation coefficient has more practical applications, as film density produced by a certain depth of tissue is more useful than that produced by a certain mass of tissue.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

Mass attenuation coefficient is proportional to the linear attenuation coefficient.

A

True. Mass attenuation coefficient is the linear attenuation coefficient / density

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

Linear attenuation coefficient: fractional reduction in intensity per unit thickness.

A

True. fractional reduction in intensity per unit thickness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

Linear attenuation coefficient: can be used to calculate the half value thickness.

A

True: HVL = 0.693 / linear attenuation coefficient.

So HVL is INVERSELY PROPORTIONAL to LAC

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

Linear attenuation coefficient: increases as photon energy increases.

A

False: It decreases as photon energy increases.

Less fractional reduction in intensity per unit thickness due to higher energy and more penetrance

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

Linear attenuation coefficient: It is measured in mm.

A

False. Its PER mm or mm^-1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

The greater the difference in linear attenuation coefficients between two tissues, the greater the contrast between them.

A

True: Contrast is proportional to the product of the difference between the 2 linear attenuation coefficients and the thickness of the tissues involved.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

Regarding scattered radiation: More is measured on the tube side of the patient in diagnostic radiology.

A

True: Most interactions occur at the entrance surface of the patient and forward scattered photons are more attenuated than backscattered ones.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

Regarding scattered radiation: A Compton scattered photon is deflected from its path with no loss of energy.

A

False: This is elastic scattering.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

Regarding scattered radiation: There is no ionization with elastic scattering.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

Regarding scattered radiation: During a Compton interaction a photoelectron is produced.

A

False: These are formed in photoelectric interactions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

Regarding scattered radiation: At higher kV more photons are deflected through large angles.

A

C. True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

In Compton scattering: There is an interaction with a free electron.

A

True: The incident photon interacts with an outer shell an electron.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

In Compton scattering: The recoil electron can be scattered in any direction.

A

False: The scattered photon can be emitted in any direction, but the recoil electron can be projected only forwards or sideways.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

In Compton scattering: The larger the angle of scatter, the greater the reduction in energy of the incident photon.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

In Compton scattering: All the photon’s energy can be transferred to the electron.

A

FALSE. The photon is scattered and therefore still retains some energy.Total absorption occurs in photoelectric interactions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

In Compton scattering: The amount of scatter is proportional to electron density.

A

True: The greater the concentration of electrons, the greater the probability of an interaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

Concerning the photoelectric effect: incident photon completely disappears

A

True. NO SCATTERED RADIATION

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

Compton Scatter predominates in bone above

A

50kV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

Compton Scatter predominates in tissue above

A

30kV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

Concerning the photoelectric effect: main attenuation process in bone at 80kV.

A

False: The photoelectric effect predominates over Compton scatter in bone BELOW 50kV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

The probability of a photoelectric interaction increases as photon energy increases.

A

FALSE. The probability of photoelectric interaction is inversely proportional to photon energy cubed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

The photoelectric effect: Involves free electrons.

A

False: It involves inner shell electrons. And produces characteristic radiation. Not just K shells but L.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

The photoelectric effect: Is most important at the lower end of the diagnostic range of energies.

A

True: As an electron is removed a net negative charge results.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

The K-absorption edge is important when choosing an x-ray filter, a contrast medium or an imaging phosphor.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

An x-ray filter does not transmit photons well if they are of an energy equivalent to its own K-absorption edge.

A

False: It will be relatively transparent to photons of the energy of its absorption edge.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Barium has such a high atomic number that its K-absorption edge does not play a role in diagnostic imaging when it is used as a contrast medium.

A

False: The atomic number of barium is 56 and the K-absorption edge is 37keV. Diagnostic x-ray beams contain a high proportion of photons around this energy, ensuring a high probability of photoelectric interactions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

Filtration of an x-ray beam: Reduces the maximum photon energy (kVp).

A

False:The kVp remains the same, but lower energy photons are filtered out and average kV increases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

Filtration of an x-ray beam: By the patient is known as inherent filtration.

A

False: Inherent filtration results from absorption of x-rays as they pass through the X-RAY TUBE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Filtration of an x-ray beam: Improves the rating of the x-ray tube

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Filtration of an x-ray beam: Is more effective for filtering high energy x-rays using a copper rather than an aluminium filter.

A

True: Copper has a higher atomic number than aluminium, so is better at filtering higher energy x-rays.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

Filtration of an x-ray beam: Results in an image with improved contrast.

A

False: Filtration hardens the beam by increasing the mean energy of the photons, therefore contrast in the image is decreased.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

Inherent filtration of an x-ray tube: Absorbs high energy x-rays.

A

False:Absorbs low energy x-rays.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

Inherent filtration of an x-ray tube: Causes beam hardening.

A

True: By removing low energy photons and increasing the average energy of the beam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Inherent filtration of an x-ray tube: Is increased if beryllium instead of glass is used in the tube window.

A

False: Beryllium has a lower atomic number than glass, therefore filtration is less.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

Inherent filtration of an x-ray tube: Is usually equivalent to 2.5mm aluminium.

A

False: Total filtration is approximately 2.5mm Al, inherent is 0.5 - 1mm.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

Inherent filtration of an x-ray tube: Is mostly due to the oil.

A

False: Due to target, tube window, and the oil.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

Added filtration: Does not affect patient entrance dose.

A

False: Absorbs low energy x-rays.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

Added filtration: Alters the quality of the x-ray beam.

A

True. By removing low energy photons and increasing the average energy of the beam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

Added filtration: May consist of a compound filter.

A

True: Copper is used with a backing of aluminium on the patient side to absorb the 9kV characteristic radiation from the copper.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

Added filtration: Is generally made of aluminium in diagnostic tubes.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

Added filtration: Does not affect the intensity of the beam.

A

False: Intensity or amount of radiation is decreased by the filter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

X-ray tube rating increases with: Rotating compared to stationary anodes.

A

True: There is more efficient heat loss from a rotating anode, so the rating is higher.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

X-ray tube rating increases with: Larger focal spot size.

A

True: A larger focal spot causes less heating than if the beam were focused onto a smaller area.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

X-ray tube rating increases with: Increasing the anode angle with fixed focal spot size.

A

False: A smaller anode angle has a higher heat rating.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

X-ray tube rating increases with: Half wave compared to full wave rectification.

A

False: Rating is increased with full wave rectification.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

X-ray tube rating increases with: Quicker production of heat.

A

E. False: This makes the tube rating lower.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

Measurement of radiation dose: Can be read directly through an electronic read-out from photoconductive silicon diodes.

A

True: Useful for personal dosimeters and quality assurance

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

Measurement of radiation dose: Is useful for personal and patient dosimetry with the use of thermoluminescent dosimeters.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Measurement of radiation dose: With a dose area product meter provides a figure with the units cGy cm3.

A

False: It is the product of dose and area with units cGy cm2.

SQUARED NOT CUBED

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

Measurement of radiation dose: May be carried out using thimble ionization chambers within the field of interest.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

Measurement of radiation dose: For staff may utilize the photographic effect of silver bromide in a film badge.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

Film badges: Use double emulsion film.

A

True: If the fast emulsion is over-exposed by a high-dose exposure, the slow emulsion can be read.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

The following are true of thermoluminescent dosimeters:

The phosphor used is commonly lithium chloride.

A

False: Lithium FLUORIDE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

Film badges: Use cadmium nuclei to detect neutron exposure.

A

True: The interaction of neutrons with the cadmium nuclei results in gamma ray emission that is detected by the film.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

Film badges: Are calibrated with a caesium source.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

Film badges: Have an open window for the detection of beta particles.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

Film badges: Should be analysed once a year when monitoring staff.

A

False: They are subject to environmental effects, so should not be used for longer than a month.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

The following are true of thermoluminescent dosimeters:

X-ray interactions involve outer shell electrons of the thermoluminescent phosphor.

A

True: Valence shell electrons are involved.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

The following are true of thermoluminescent dosimeters:

When exposed to radiation, interactions excite electrons that become trapped in the forbidden energy band.

A

True: A valence shell electron is excited into the conduction band and then falls back into an electron trap in the forbidden energy band.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

The following are true of thermoluminescent dosimeters:

The amount of light produced depends on the energy of the photons involved in the exposure.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

Regarding luminescence:
It is the process by which a material absorbs energy from an external source and re­ emits it as light.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

The following are true of thermoluminescent dosimeters:

Their response is linear with dose over a wide range.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

Regarding luminescence:
Fluorescence is the delayed emission of light following energy input.

A

False: Fluorescence is the instantaneous emission of light following energy input.

PHOSPHORESCENCE is the delayed emission of light.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

Regarding luminescence:
For light to be emitted from a phosphor, electrons in the electron traps must fall to the conduction band.

A

FALSE.

False: The x-ray photons excite electrons from the valence band to the conduction band, where they then fall into electron traps.

They must fall BACK TO VALENCE BAND for light to be emitted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

Regarding luminescence:
After irradiation, a thermoluminescent phosphor must be stimulated with a laser for light to be emitted.

A

False: THERMOluminescence requires HEATING.

PHOTOstimulable luminescence requires light.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

Regarding luminescence:
Intensity of light emitted from a phosphor is proportional to the intensity of the irradiating x-ray beam.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

Deterministic effects of ionizing radiation include:
A Cataract
B. Epilation
C. Leukaemia
D. Lung cancer
E. Erythema

A

The deterministic effects are: Cataract, Epilation, Erythema

Deterministic: Damage depends on absorbed dose, Threshold exists

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

Stochastic effects of radiation include:
A Infertility
B. Leukaemia
C. Cataract
D. Cancer
E. Hair loss

A

The Stochastic effects are: Leukaemia and cancer

Stochastic:
Severity is independent of absorbed dose
Threshold does not exist
Probability of occurrence depends on absorbed dose

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

Equivalent dose: Is derived from absorbed dose multiplied by a tissue weighting factor.

A

FALSE. Equivalent dose = Absorbed dose x radiation weighting factor

ED = AD x RWF

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

Equivalent dose: Is measured in Sieverts (Sv).

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

Equivalent dose:
Is averaged over all tissues of the body.

A

False. Equivalent dose = absorbed Dose multiplied the appropriate radiation weighting factor.

Equivalent dose is calculated for individual organs.
Equivalent dose is expressed in millisieverts (mSv) to an organ.

Effective dose is calculated for the whole body.
It is the addition of equivalent doses to all organs, each adjusted to account for the sensitivity of the organ to radiation.
Effective dose is expressed in millisieverts (mSv).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

Equivalent dose: Is the same as absorbed dose for neutrons.

A

False. As the radiation weighting factor for neutrons range from 5 to 20.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

Equivalent dose: Is the same as absorbed dose for neutrons.

A

False. Equivalent dose = absorbed Dose multiplied the appropriate radiation weighting factor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

Equivalent dose: Takes into account sensitivity of the tissues to radiation.

A

False. It is based on the absorbed dose to an organ, adjusted to account for the effectiveness of the type of radiation (radiation weighting factor).

The radiation weighting factors are needed because different types of radiation (like alpha, beta, gamma, and neutrons) can have different effects even if the absorbed dose is the same.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

Absorbed dose:

A

Absorbed dose is the amount of energy deposited by radiation in a mass.
The mass can be anything: water, rock, air, people, etc.
Absorbed dose is expressed in milligrays (mGy).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

Absorbed dose: Relative to an organ depends on its mass.

Depends on the radiation weighting factor.
Is the amount of energy deposited per unit mass to a medium.

A

False.

Absorbed dose is the amount of energy deposited by radiation in a mass.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

Absorbed dose: Is measured in Joules/Kg.

A

True. The unit is Gray & 1 Gray= 1 Joule/Kg.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

Absorbed dose: Is measured in Sieverts.

A

False. Equivalent and effective doses are measured in Sieverts (Svt)

Absorbed dose = Gy or Joules/Kg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

Absorbed dose: depends on radiation weighting factor

A

False. Energy deposited per unit mass

Equivalent dose for radiation weighting factor.

DOSE EQUIVALENT FOR EACH TYPE OF RADIATION.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

Absorbed dose: Is the amount of energy deposited per unit mass to a medium.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

Effective dose: Is derived from absorbed dose multiplied by a tissue weighting factor.

A

False. EQUIVALENT Dose x tissue weighting factor

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

Effective dose: Is measured in Gray.

A

False. Measured in Sv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

Effective dose: Takes into consideration the different radiosensitivity of tissues.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

Effective dose: Combines organ doses to give a whole body dose.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

In a dental film is in the order of 0.004mSv.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

Regarding ionizing radiation:
A Neutrons are low LET (linear energy transfer) radiation.

A

False. Neutrons are high-LET radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

The radiation weighting factor for alpha particles is 20.

A

True. The radiation weighting factor for alpha particles is 20.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

X-rays and beta particles have the same radiation weighting factor.

A

TRUE. The radiation weighting factor for both is unity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

The radiation weighting factor for neutrons is unity.

A

False. Neutrons is is 5-20 depending on the radiation energy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

For x-rays absorbed dose is equal to the equivalent dose.

A

True. RF for XRs, Gamma and beta particles is 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

The following tissues have a high carcinogenic risk from radiation (more than or equal to 0.12 tissue-specific weighting factor):

Colon
Skin
Breast
Bone marrow
Oesophagus

A

Colon T
Skin F
Breast T
Bone marrow T
Oesophagus F

Lung Breast Stomach 0.12
Colon 0.12
Red bone marrow 0.12

Gonads LOWERED from 0.2 to 0.08

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

The following tissues have a moderate carcinogenic risk from radiation (0.05 in tissue-specific weighting factor):

Skin
Gonads
Lung
Breast
Bone

A

Skin F
Gonads F
Lung F
Breast F
Bone F

BLOT
Bladder 0.05
Liver 0.05
Oesophagus 0.05
Thyroid 0.05

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

tissues with the LOWEST carcinogenic risk WT 0.1

A

Tissue weighting factor of 0.1:
Bone surface, skin,
brain, salivary glands

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

Unit for entrance surface dose is

A

Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

Unit for equivalent dose

A

Sv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

Dose area product (DAP) units

A

Dose area product (DAP)-Gy cm2

AREA = CENTREMETRES SQUARED

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

Absorbed dose units

A

Joules/kg or Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

Effective dose units

A

Sv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

Regarding deterministic effects:

Diarrhoea and vomiting are examples.
There is a threshold dose above which they do not occur.
Effects occur by chance.
The threshold dose is the same for different deterministic effects.
Severity increases with increasing dose.

A

Regarding deterministic effects:

True. Diarrhoea and vomiting are example
False. Threshold BELOW that deterministic effects do not occur.
False. Occur dose dependantly
False. Different thresholds
True. Severity increases with increasing dose.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

Regarding stochastic effects:

The probability of a stochastic effect is independent of dose.
Occur immediately after exposure to ionising radiation.
Have a linear no threshold theory.
Sterility is an example.
Breast cancer is an example.

A

Regarding stochastic effects:

False. Probability increases with increasing dose.
False. They occur after a latent period which lasts for many years.
True. Have a linear no threshold theory. They occur by chance and are not dose dependent but the chance of developing stochastic effects increases with the dose.
Sterility is NOT example.
Breast cancer IS an example.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

In the daily practice of diagnostic radiology stochastic effects are commoner than deterministic effects.

A

FALSE. Deterministic effects are more common (think therapeautics)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

The chances of producing deterministic effects is the same for x-rays and gamma rays.

A

True. Both RF =1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

No dose is considered safe for deterministic effects.

A

False. Thresholds exist for deterministic effects.
No dose safe for stochastic effects.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

Deterministic effects may be non-additive.

A

True. Deterministic effects may be non-additive.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

Beta particles travel through matter at high speeds.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

Alpha particles travel through matter at low speeds.

A

Alpha particles have a large mass and double charge making them travel slowly through matter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

Alpha particles are similar to the nucleus of hydrogen.

A

False: They are similar to helium nucleus with 2 protons and 2 neutrons.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

Beta particles are heavier than alpha particles.

A

False: Alpha particles are heavier.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

Alpha particles have useful applications in diagnostic radiology.

A

False:They produce a large amount of ionization per unit length of the medium through which they travel making them unsafe for use in radiology.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

Entrance surface dose are typical for PA chest film - 0.15 mGy.

A

True. Entrance surface dose are typical for PA chest film - 0.15mGy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

Entrance surface dose are typical for Lateral lumbar spine x-ray - 12 mGy.

A

True. Entrance surface dose are typical for Lateral lumbar spine x-ray - 12mGy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

Entrance surface dose are typical for AP skull x-ray - 2mGy.

A

True: DRL is 3mGy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

Entrance surface doses are typical for AP abdomen film - 8 mGy.

A

False: Entrance surface dose is usually 5mGy. The DRL for an abdominal film is 7 mGy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

Fluoroscopy ENTRANCE surface dose rate - 100 - 150 mGy/min.

A

False: The skin or entrance surface dose rate of fluoroscopy is 5-50 mGy/min.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

Abdominal Imaging:

Approximate Effective Doses for

Intravenous Urography (IVU)

CT Colonoscopy

Computed Tomography (CT)–Abdomen and Pelvis
Computed Tomography (CT)–Colonography
Barium Enema (Lower GI X-ray)
Upper GI Study with Barium

Computed Tomography (CT)–Abdomen and Pelvis, repeated with and without contrast material

A

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

Intravenous Urography (IVU) 3mSV

CT Colonoscopy = 6mSV

All double = 8mSV

Dual Phase = 15mSV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q

Head imaging:

Approximate Effective Doses for

CT H&N
CT Brain repeated with and without contrast

CT Chest

CT CA
CT Spine

A

CT H&N 1.2 mSv
CT Brain 3.2 mSv

CT Chest 5

CT CA 9
CT Spine 9

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q

The effective dose typical for a CT head - 2mSv

A

False

CT Head = 1.2

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q

The effective dose typical for a CXR 0.15mSV

A

FALSE 0.1mSV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q

The effective dose typical for a CT Chest 4 mSV

A

FALSE. About 6mSV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q

Barium enema - 7mSv

A

True about 7 or 8 mSV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q

Lumbar spine x-rays - 0.8mSv

A

True Lumbar spine x-rays - 0.8mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q

RADIATION interactions: Biological damage to tissue occurs immediately on interaction with tissue.

A

False

Following exposure to ionizing radiation, chemical changes occur practically immediately (in seconds to minutes) and then molecular damage (in hours to decades).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q

Molecular damage to tissue occurs hours after ionising interaction with tissues.

A

True.

Following exposure to ionizing radiation, chemical changes occur practically immediately (in seconds to minutes) and then molecular damage (in hours to decades).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q

Chemical changes in tissue occurs hours after ionising interaction.

A

False.

Following exposure to ionizing radiation, chemical changes occur practically immediately (in seconds to minutes) and then molecular damage (in hours to decades).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q

The principal radiation sources for medical exposures is x-rays and gamma radiation.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q

Radiation interactions depends on the radiosensitivity of tissues.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q

Direct ionising radiation damage to tissue occurs by the production of free radicals.

A

False. INDIRECT.

Direct damage to tissue occurs by the rupture of covalent bonds and indirect damage by the production of free radicals.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q

Indirect ionising radiation damage to tissue occurs by the rupture of covalent bonds.

A

False. DIRECT.

Direct damage to tissue occurs by the rupture of covalent bonds and indirect damage by the production of free radicals.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q

Cell death occurs when there is insufficient time for tissues to recover between subsequent irradiation events.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q

Free radicals produced secondary to ionization causes chemical changes in tissues.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q

Biological effects of ionizing radiation is independent of the type of ionising radiation.

A

FALSE. Depending on LINEAR ENERGY TRANSFER.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q

Threshold for deterministic effects

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q

Threshold for deterministic effects: Cataract 5 Gy

A

FALSE.

The most recent guidelines state that the threshold dose for radiation-induced cataracts is 500mSv (0.5Gy)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q

Threshold for deterministic effects: Temporary Hair Loss 3-4 Gy

A

True 3-4 Temporary Hair Loss Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q

Threshold for deterministic effects: Erythema 3 - 6 Gy

A

True. Erythema 3 - 6 Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q

Depression of blood cell production 0.5 Gy

A

True. Depression of blood cell production 0.5 Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q

Permanent sterility 3-6 Gy

A

True. Permanent sterility 3-6 Gy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q
  1. The potential risks to the foetus from radiation in utero include:
    A. Development of cancer
    B. Mental retardation
    C. Decrease in IQ
    D. Intrauterine growth retardation
    E. Leukaemia
A

ALL TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q

Max potential for foetal abnormalities received during pregnancy weeks 3 - 8.

A

True: Weeks 3-8 is the period of organogenesis when the potential is highest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q

Mental retardation if max radiation during pregnancy weeks 8 - 15

A

True: A decrease in IQ is, however, seen up to the 25th week of pregnancy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q

Max potential for GROWTH RETARDATION if max radiation given during weeks 8 - 25.

A

TRUE. Growth retardation weeks 8-25

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q

Max potential for foetal death if max radiation given during 1st Trimester.

A

FALSE. During pre-implantation phase

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q

Max potential for childhood cancers if max radiation given during 3st Trimester.

A

FALSE.

The risk is almost nil up to 3 weeks following which the risk remains for the rest of the pregnancy but is maximum in the first trimester.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q

The risk of fatal cancer from a uniform whole body irradiation is 1 in 200,000 per mSv.

A

FALSE.

0.005% per millisievert mSv
OR
1 in 20,000 per mSv

The International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) quantifies the radiation risk factor as 5% (5 in 100) per Sv, or 0.005% (1 in 20,000) per mSv.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

The risk of developing fatal childhood cancer from irradiation in utero is 1 in 50,000 per mGy.

A

FALSE.

False: It is 3% per Gy or 1 in 33,000 per mGy. Check

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

The risk of developing childhood cancer from irradiation in utero is 1 in 10,000 per mSv.

A

TRUE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q

The cornea is more radiosensitive than the lens.

A

False

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q

Radiation dose to the hands of staff arises from the use of radionuclides as well as from x-rays.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
242
Q

Deterministic effects are hereditary.

A

False.

No, deterministic effects are not considered hereditary; they are tissue reactions that occur directly from a high radiation dose to an individual and do not pass on to their offspring, unlike stochastic effects which can be genetic and therefore heritable

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
243
Q

Regarding the natural and artificial sources of radiation:

Sodium is the commonest contributor of radiation from internal sources.

A

FALSE.

Potassium-40, a radioactive isotope of potassium is the commonest contributor of radiation from internal sources.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
244
Q

The average dose of radiation to the UK population from natural sources is 1.7mSv per year.

A

FALSE.

Average dose is 2.7mSv per year.

https://www.ukhsa-protectionservices.org.uk/radiationandyou/

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
245
Q

Average dose in Cornwall is 7mSv
So just over double the national average of 2.7mSv

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
246
Q

The decay of radon is primarily associated with the emission of …

A

Alpha Particles

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
247
Q

The dose received from medical diagnostic procedures averaged over the whole population in the UK is 250µSv.

A

False: It is 370 µSv and accounts for 14% of the radiation from natural and artificial sources in the UK.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
248
Q

Dose area product (DAP): Decreases with the square of the distance from the x-ray focus.

A

DAP is absorbed dose x area =
Gy cm^2

INDEPENDANT OF DISTANCE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
249
Q

Dose area product (DAP): Is an appropriate quantity for dosimetry in fluoroscopy.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
250
Q

Dose area product (DAP): Is an appropriate quantity for dosimetry in CT.

A

FALSE.

The quantities used in CT dosimetry include the CT dose index (CTDI), weighted CT dose index (CTDIw), and dose length product (DLP). The effective dose is measured in millisieverts (mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
251
Q

Dose area product (DAP): May be used to set diagnostic reference levels.

A

True. DAP can used to set diagnostic reference levels.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
252
Q

Dose area product (DAP):

Can be measured with a thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD).

A

FALSE. Using an ionising chamber!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
253
Q

Entrance surface dose (ESD):
Is measured in Gycm2

A

False. ESD measured in Gray

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
254
Q

Entrance surface dose (ESD): Increases in proportion to x-ray field size.

A

True. As it includes Scatter.

https://radiopaedia.org/articles/entrance-skin-dose?lang=gb

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
255
Q

Entrance surface dose (ESD):

Can be calculated from knowledge of exposure factors and x-ray output data.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
256
Q

Entrance surface dose (ESD):

Can be measured from DAP if the x-ray field size and back scatter are known.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
257
Q

Entrance surface dose (ESD):

Can be measured using a TLD.

A

TRUE. ESD can be measured using a TLD.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
258
Q

Regarding thermoluminescent dosimeters:

They are generally used in conjunction with filters.

A

True.

three filters against each disc
top: aluminium and copper
middle: perspex
lower: open

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
259
Q

Regarding thermoluminescent dosimeters:

They contain a crystal of lithium iodide.

A

FALSE.

They contain a crystal of lithium FLUORIDE.

nickel-coated aluminium card with TLD discs

the discs are made of a thermoluminescent material, commonly calcium sulphate doped with dysprosium (CaSO4:Dy) or lithium fluoride (LiF)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
260
Q

Regarding thermoluminescent dosimeters:

They have a linear response over a wide dose range.

A

True. That’s why we use them/ TLDs!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
261
Q

Regarding thermoluminescent dosimeters:

They can differentiate between radiation types.

A

FALSE.
TLDs CANNOT differentiate between radiation types.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
262
Q

Regarding thermoluminescent dosimeters:

A

False. ENTRANCE SURFACE DOSE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
263
Q

Advantages of thermoluminescent dosimeters: They can measure dose rates.

A

FALSE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
264
Q

Advantages of thermoluminescent dosimeters: They can be reused.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
265
Q

Advantages of thermoluminescent dosimeters: The sensitivity is significantly better than film.

A

FALSE. TLD and Film sensitives are SIMILAR.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
266
Q

Advantages of thermoluminescent dosimeters: They can be used to measure both shallow and deep doses.

A

True. Hence the different filters?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
267
Q

Advantages of thermoluminescent dosimeters: They can be used to monitor eye doses.

A

True: TLDs can be made into various shapes, they can be used for the assessment of finger and eye doses.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
268
Q

Film badges: Are able to identify the type of exposure.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
269
Q

Film badges: Utilize a single sided film emulsion.

A

FALSE. Utilize a DOUBLE sided film emulsion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
270
Q

Film badges: Are relatively resistant to environmental effects.

A

False:

FILM BADGES are subject to the environmental effects of HEAT, HUMIDITY, and CHEMICAL CHANGE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
271
Q

Film badges: Utilize a double sided film emulsion with screen.

A

FALSE. Thy use a double sided film emulsion BUT WITHOUT a screen.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
272
Q

Film badges:

A

TRUE. TLDs and Film badges HAVE SIMILAR SENISITIVIES.

But unlike TLDs - PERMANENT + NON-REUSABLE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
273
Q

TLDs can provide a direct reading of dose.

A

FALSE. INDRECT as LUMINESCENCE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
274
Q

TLDs provide a permanent record of dose.

A

FALSE. TLDS are TEMPORARY and can be REUSED.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
275
Q

Film badges do not require calibration.

A

FALSE. FILM BADGES DO REQUIRE CALIBRATION.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
276
Q

Aluminium oxide is used in optical stimulated luminescent dosimeters.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
277
Q

Optical stimulated luminescent dosimeters give readings down to 0.01mSv.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
278
Q

TLDs: Are used for assessment of finger doses.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
279
Q

TLDs: Are relatively cheaper than film badges.

A

False. TLDs are more expensive but reusable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
280
Q

TLDs: Are used to detect radioactive contamination.

A

FALSE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
281
Q

TLDs: The dose can be read only once.

A

D. True: They can only read a dose once but TLDs can be re-used and read many times.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
282
Q

TLDs: Are unaffected by environmental effects.

A

False: They are affected by environmental effects (especially heat).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
283
Q

TLDs: An immediate read out is possible.

A

FALSE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
284
Q

TLDs: Sensitivity is relatively energy dependent.

A

False: TLDs are relative energy independent.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
285
Q

TLD crystal needs to be heated to about 300°C to be read.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
286
Q

TLDs need to be annealed after read out.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
287
Q

TLD crystal can be calcium fluoride.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
288
Q

Film badges: Sensitivity is about 0.1-0.2mSv.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
289
Q

Film badges: Can be used for assessment of finger dose.

A

False. TLDs used for finger and eye doses.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
290
Q

Film badges: Provide a permanent record of exposure.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
291
Q

Film badges: Are usually replaced 3 monthly.

A

False.

Film badges are subject to the environmental effects of heat, humidity, and chemical change

UNSUITABLE OVER 1 MONTH.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
292
Q

Film badges: Measure the effective dose received.

A

FALSE.
Film badges measure the ABSORBED dose, which we presume represents the whole body dose.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
293
Q

TLDs have a precision better than 1%.

A

False: Only electronic dosimeters have a precision better than 1%.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
294
Q

TLDs can be used to measure dose to a patient.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
295
Q

Dosimeters: Dose to a patient can be measured with an ionization chamber.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
296
Q

Geiger Muller counters require a quenching agent.

A

True.

How a Geiger Muller tube works:
When radiation enters the tube, it ionizes the gas inside, creating an avalanche of electrons towards the central anode.

Problem without quenching:
If left unchecked, this avalanche could continue indefinitely, causing a continuous discharge and preventing the detection of further radiation events.

Role of the quenching agent:
A small amount of a special “quench” gas like a halogen or organic vapor is added to the tube, which absorbs the energy released during the avalanche, preventing further ionization and allowing the tube to reset for the next detectio

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
297
Q

The outer case of the Geiger Muller counter is the anode.

A

False: The outer case is the cathode.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
298
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters: Are more than 100 times sensitive than TLDs.

A

True. On Electronic personal dosimeters have a better than 1% accuracy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
299
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters:
Measure both dose and dose rates.

A

True. Electronic personal dosimeters measure BOTH DOSE and DOSE RATES.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
300
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters:
Have sensitivity to the nearest 1µSv.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
301
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters:
Do not provide a direct reading.

A

FALSE. Electronic personal dosimeters DO provide a direct reading.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
302
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters:
The silicone diode detector is a common type.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
303
Q

TLD should not be used without a dosimeter holder.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
304
Q

During interventional procedures the TLD must be worn above the protective lead apron.

A

FALSE. KEEP TLD UNDER APRON.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
305
Q

Electronic personal dosimeters are used to detect radioactive contamination.

A

True.

Electronic personal dosimeters are used to detect radioactive contamination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
306
Q

The TLD holder helps to differentiate between skin doses and deeper doses.

A

True.

True: The holder has filters which are responsible for this function.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
307
Q

The precision of a TLD is approximately 15% for low doses.

A

True.

TLD = 15% for low doses
TLD = 3% for high doses

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
308
Q

The precision of a TLD is approximately 3% for high doses.

A

True.

TLD = 15% for low doses
TLD = 3% for high doses

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
309
Q

Geiger Muller tubes:

Have a dead time when no reading can be done.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
310
Q

Geiger Muller tubes:

Are used mainly for patient monitoring.

A

False: They are used mainly in nuclear medicine to detect contamination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
311
Q

Geiger Muller tubes: Detect all types of radiation.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
312
Q

Geiger Muller tubes: Can distinguish between all types of radiation.

A

FALSE.

Can detect ALL types of radiation but CANNOT DIFFERENTIATE between them

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
313
Q

Geiger Muller tubes: Contain a central wire cathode.

A

FALSE.

OUTER HOUSING is the CATHODE
CENTRAL WIRE is the ANODE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
314
Q

IRR 1999 (99) has been replaced with

A

Ionising Radiation Regulations 2017

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/contents

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
315
Q

IRMER (2000) has been replaced with

A

IRMER (2017)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
316
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

Are required where a person working is likely to receive an effective dose more than 3 mSv per year.

A

FALSE.

IRR 2017:
Regarding controlled areas are required where a person working receives more than:

EFFECTIVE DOSE: 6mSv per year

EQUIVALENT DOSE: 15mSv to LENS

EQUIVALENT DOSE: 150mSv to SKIN or EXTREMETIES

RCA: 6/15/150
RSA: 1/5/50

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
317
Q

Radiology controlled areas:

Required with equivalent dose of 15mSv to eye or
150mSv to skin or extremities.

A

True.

RCA: 6/15/150
RSA: 1/5/50

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
318
Q

Radiology Supervised area:

If effective dose is greater than 1mSv per year

A

True

RCA: 6/15/150
RSA: 1/5/50

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
319
Q

Radiology Supervised area:

If equivalent dose is 5mSv to lens or 50mSv to extremities.

A

True

RCA: 6/15/150
RSA: 1/5/50

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
320
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

Dose rate exceeds 7.5 micro Sv per hour averaged over the day.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
321
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

Are required where a person working is likely to receive a radiation dose greater than three-tenths of any dose limit.

A

True.

An employer is required to designate a person as being classified if that person is likely to receive an effective (whole body) dose in excess of 6mSv/y, or more than three-tenths of the dose limit to the extremities (150 mSv/y).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
322
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

Are required where the external dose rate could exceed 5 µSv per hour averaged over the working day.

A

FALSE.

Regarding controlled areas:

Dose rate exceeds 7.5 micro Sv per hour averaged over the day.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
323
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

An intervention suite is an example.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
324
Q

Regarding controlled areas:

A

True.

IRR 2017:
All imaging AND INJECTING ROOMS will be controlled areas due to prevailing dose rates AND RISK OF CONTAMINATION.

Staff exposed to potential contamination should have appropriate PPE.

Ideally hot and cold waiting areas should be separate.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
325
Q

Controlled areas:

Are required where a person working is likely to receive an equivalent dose more than 6mSv per year:

A

FALSE.

EFFECTIVE dose >6 mSv / year

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
326
Q

Controlled areas:

May be required where there is a risk of radioactive contamination.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
327
Q

Controlled areas:

Must be described in the local rules.

A

TRUE.

Ionising Radiations Regulations 2017 (IRR 2017), “controlled areas” must be - clearly described and outlined
- within the “local rules”
- that an employer is required to establish for radiation protection purposes
- must detail specific procedures and restrictions

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
328
Q

Controlled areas:

D. Are permitted areas for pregnant staff.

A

True.

IRR 2017:

EMPLOYER must take steps to
- minimise radiation exposure,
- with the goal of keeping the equivalent dose to the fetus below 1 millisievert (mSv) for the remainder of the pregnancy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
329
Q

Controlled areas:

Are monitored by the Radiation Protection Advisor

A

FALSE.

Controlled area:

MONITORING: Radiation protection SUPERVISOR

ENFORCING: Health and Safety Executive (HSE) in most situations, or the Office for Nuclear Regulation (ONR) for nuclear sites

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
330
Q

Supervised areas:

Are required only where a person working is likely to receive an effective dose more than 3mSv per year.

A

FALSE:

IRR 2017:

Are required only where a person working is likely to receive an effective dose more than 1 mSv per year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
331
Q

The radiation worker dose limit in mSv/year in IRR 2017

A

The radiation worker dose limit of 20 mSv/year in IRR17

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
332
Q

Supervised areas:

Are required only where a person working there is likely to receive a radiation dose greater than three-tenths of any dose limit.

A

FALSE.

3/10 x 20 = 6 mSv - this is the limit for a controlled area

RSA = 1 mSv per year or 1/20th

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
333
Q

Supervised areas:

C. The waiting room for patients who have been injected with a radiopharmaceutical is an example.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
334
Q

Supervised areas:

Must be clearly marked with warning signs.

A

True.

IRR 2017: RCA and RSA’s:
is adequately described in local rules; and
(b) has suitable and sufficient signs displayed in suitable positions warning that the area has
been so designated a

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
335
Q

Supervised areas:
Can become a controlled area.

A

True: If the dose limits are exceeded and should be monitored regularly.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
336
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The employer must consult a Radiation Protection Supervisor prior to installing new equipment.

A

FALSE.

Radiation protection adviser must be consulted for new equipment.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
337
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The Healthcare Commission must be informed of the use of ionizing radiation by the employer.

A

False.

Ionising radiation use must inform health and safety executive (HSE)

IRR 2017:

Part 2 (General principles and procedures—Regulations 5–13)
Regulation 5 requires certain work with ionising radiation to be notified to the appropriate authority (either the Health and Safety Executive (“the Executive”) or,

where the work relates to
particular nuclear-related sites, the Office for Nuclear Regulation (“the ONR”)).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
338
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The Radiation Protection Supervisor (RPS) is invariably a medical physics expert.

A

FALSE.

Any suitably trained staff member, e.g. radiographer, can take up the role of RPS.

According to the Ionising Radiations Regulations (IRR) 2017, a “Radiation Protection Supervisor” (RPS) can be any individual appointed by an employer to oversee the implementation of local rules and ensure compliance with the IRR 2017 regarding radiation protection within their workplace; this could be a staff member directly involved in radiation work, a team leader, or another suitable person with the necessary training and authority to monitor radiation practices and enforce safety procedure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
339
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

Critical examination of equipment is the responsibility of the employer.

A

FALSE. By Installer:

(2) Where a person erects or installs an article for use at work, being work with ionising
radiation, that person must—

(a) undertake a critical examination of the way in which the article was erected or installed
for the purpose of ensuring, in particular, that—
(i) any safety features and warning devices operate correctly; and
(ii) there is sufficient protection for persons from exposure to ionising radiation;

consult with the radiation protection adviser that they appointed, or that the employer
engaged in work with ionising radiation appointed, with regard to the nature and extent of
any critical examination and the results of that examination

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
340
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The Radiation Protection Supervisor (RPS) must be an employee of the organization.

A

FALSE. They can be contracted out.

https://www.luciongroup.com/services/radiation-protection-supervisor-contractor-hire/

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
341
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The regulations govern the safety of staff, patients, and public.

A

False: The regulations govern the safety of staff and public but not patients.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
342
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The Health and Safety Executive is the governing authority.

A

True.

And for radionculides:
Office for Nuclear Regulation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
343
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The local rules should include descriptions of all designated areas.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
344
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The equivalent dose limits are concerned with stochastic effects.

A

FALSE.

EQUIVALENT dose limits are designed to ensure doses are kept below the threshold doses for DETERMINISTIC effects.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
345
Q

Regarding IRR 2017:

The effective dose limits are designed to prevent deterministic effects.

A

FALSE.

EFFECTIVE dose limits are designed to prevent STOCHASTIC effects (cancer / inheritable effects).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
346
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The effective dose to a member of public is 2mSv.

A

FALSE.

IRR 2017 Whole body EFFECTIVE dose:

Over 18: 20 mSv (same as lens)
Under 18 workers: 6mSv
Public: 1mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
347
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the lens of the eye of an employee is 500mSv.

A

FALSE.

IRR 2017:

Equivalent dose limits for LENS:

Over 18:
20mSv per year.
OR 100mSv over 5 years, with max 50mSv in any one year.

Under 18 or anyone else:
15 mSv per year

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
348
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the skin of an employee is 500mSv.

A

TRUE.

IRR 2017:

EQUIVALENT dose to skin:
Over 18: 500 mSv
Under 18 workers: 150 mSv
Public: 50 mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
349
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The dose to the abdomen of a woman of reproductive age should not be more than 13mSv in any consecutive 3-month period.

A

FALSE.

IN IR 1999
https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/3232/schedule/4/part/I/made/data.xht?view=snippet&wrap=true

BUT NOT 2017

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/schedule/3

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
350
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the extremities of an employee is 150mSv.

A

False. True for only under 18 year olds:

EQUIVALENT dose to skin or extremities:
Over 18: 500 mSv
Under 18 workers: 150 mSv
Public: 50 mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
351
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the skin of a member of the public is 50mSv.

A

TRUE.

EQUIVALENT dose to skin or extremities:
Over 18: 500 mSv
Under 18 workers: 150 mSv
Public: 50 mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
352
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The foetus of a pregnant employee should not receive more than 0.1mSv.

A

FALSE.

A dose constraint of 1mSv is applied as the foetus is regarded as a member of the public.

IRR 2017:

EMPLOYER must take steps to
- minimise radiation exposure,
- with the goal of keeping the equivalent dose to the fetus below 1 millisievert (mSv) for the remainder of the pregnancy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
353
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the lens of a member of the public is 15mSv.

A

FALSE.

Equivalent dose limits for LENS:

Over 18:
20mSv per year.
OR 100mSv over 5 years, with max 50mSv in any one year.

Under 18 or anyone else:
15 mSv per year

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
354
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The equivalent dose to the extremities of a member of the public is 150mSv.

A

FALSE.

EQUIVALENT dose to skin or extremities:
Over 18: 500 mSv
Under 18 workers: 150 mSv
Public: 50 mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
355
Q

The following annual dose limits apply:

The effective dose to an employee is 10mSv.

A

FALSE.

IRR 2017 Whole body EFFECTIVE dose limit:

Over 18: 20 mSv (same as lens)
Under 18 workers: 6mSv
Public: 1mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
356
Q

IRR 17 states that the following people may enter controlled areas:

Classified employees.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
357
Q

IRR 17 states that the following people may enter controlled areas:

Radiographers

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
358
Q

IRR 17 states that the following people may enter controlled areas:

Non-classified employees entering under a written agreement.

A

True.

https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5fdb807ed3bf7f3a334ed39d/JSP_392Chapter_05-WRITTEN_ARRANGEMENTS__Alt_Text.pdf

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
359
Q

IRR 17 states that the following people may enter controlled areas:

Patients having radionuclide imaging.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
360
Q

IRR 17 states that the following people may enter controlled areas:

Operators

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
361
Q

Non-classified workers are not permitted to enter controlled areas.

A

False: Local rules may allow non-classified workers to enter a controlled area.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
362
Q

Controlled areas: Require special working procedures to restrict exposure.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
363
Q

Access of radiology staff to controlled areas must be restricted.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
364
Q

Controlled areas:

Are needed for portable x-ray units.

A

True.

For mobile X-ray sets, the controlled radiation area extends in the direction of the Xray beam until the beam is sufficiently attenuated by distance (approximately 8 m) or
shielding (e.g. solid floor or wall) and out to 3 m in all other directions

https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5fdcc23ee90e07452df92f09/JSP_392Chapter_26-MEDICAL_X-RAY__Alt_Text.pdf

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
365
Q

Controlled areas:

Must be clearly marked with warning signs and indicate the nature of the source and risk

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
366
Q

The following events must be reported if a patient receives:

15 times the intended dose for a chest x-ray

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/criteria-making-notification/notification

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

A

FALSE.

15 X 0.1 mSv = 1.5mSv

As per CQC:
Intended dose less than 0.3mSv

Criteria for notification:
3mSv or above (adult)
1mSv or above (child)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
367
Q

The following events must be reported if a patient receives:

8 times the intended dose for a mammogram.

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/criteria-making-notification/notification

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

A

FALSE.

Normal mammogram = 0.21 mSv (double a CXR)

8 x 0.21 - 1.6 mSv

As per CQC:
Intended dose less than 0.3mSv

Criteria for notification:
3mSv or above (adult)
1mSv or above (child)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
368
Q

The following events must be reported if a patient receives:

10 times the intended dose for a lumbar spine x-ray.

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/criteria-making-notification/notification

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

A

TRUE.

Lumbar Spine 1.4 mSv

10 x 1.4 m Sv = 14 mSv

Intended dose between 0.3 mSv and 2.5 mSv

so 10 or more = REPORTABLE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
369
Q

The following events must be reported if a patient receives:

1.5 times the intended dose for a CT abdomen.

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/criteria-making-notification/notification

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

A

FALSE.

Single Phase = 7.7 mSv
Dual Phase = 15.4 mSv

1.5 of single phase = 11.6 mSv

Intended dose between 2.5mSv and 10mSv
Reportable is over 25mSv

1.5 of dual phase = 23.1 mSv

Intended dose more than 10mSv
Reportable 2.5 x or more.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
370
Q

The following events must be reported if a patient receives:

Twice the intended dose for a barium enema.

A

FALSE.

Intended dose = 6 mSv

2 x 6 = 12mSv

Intended dose between 2.5mSv and 10mSv

Reportable over 25 mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
371
Q

The following events must be reported to the HSE:

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/notify-us-about-exposure

A

False.

HSE needs to be informed of events secondary to equipment faults; those due to operator errors need to be reported to the Care Quality Commission, previously known as the Healthcare Commission.

When there is an accidental or unintended exposure to ionising radiation, and the IR(ME)R employer knows or thinks it is significant or clinically significant, they must investigate the incident and report it to the appropriate UK IR(ME)R enforcing authority (under Regulation 8(4)).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
372
Q

The following events must be reported to the HSE:

A patient receives 1.6 times the intended dose for an angiogram.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
373
Q

The following events must be reported to the HSE:

Loss of radioactive material.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
374
Q

The following events must be reported to the HSE:

Spillage of any amount of radioactive material.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
375
Q

The following events must be reported to the HSE:

A patient receives 1.3 times the intended dose during radionuclide therapy.

A

False. Reportable to CQC.

Delivered dose to the planned treatment volume or organs at risk is 1.1 or more times (whole course) or 1.2 or more times (any fraction) the intended dose.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
376
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPA is responsible for quality assurance.

A

FALSE.

According to the Ionising Radiations Regulations 2017 (IRR 2017), the employer is solely responsible for ensuring quality assurance when it comes to radiation protection practices in the workplace, including establishing procedures, protocols, and quality assurance programs to manage radiation exposure and comply with regulations; this responsibility encompasses ensuring all necessary equipment is properly tested and maintained.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
377
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPS is responsible for designation of radiation areas.

A

True.

The prime duty of the RPS is to ensure compliance with the IRR17 in respect of work carried out in the designated area – in

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
378
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPA must be an employee of the organization.

A

False.

Can be an external consultant.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
379
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPA is responsible for supervising staff dose monitoring.

A

False.

The RPS is responsible for supervising staff dose monitoring.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
380
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPS must be consulted prior to the installation of new x-ray equipment.

A

False.

The RPA must be consulted prior to the installation of new x-ray equipment.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
381
Q

Regarding classified workers:

The annual effective dose limit is 6mSv.

A

FALSE.

Above 6mSv is what makes them classified.

Annual limit is 20 mSv.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/part/5#:~:text=%E2%80%94(1)%20Subject%20to%20paragraph,skin%20or%20the%20extremities%20and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
382
Q

Regarding classified workers:

An employee above the age of 16 years can be classified.

A

FALSE.

They must be over 18.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/part/5#:~:text=%E2%80%94(1)%20Subject%20to%20paragraph,skin%20or%20the%20extremities%20and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
383
Q

Regarding classified workers:

The records of classified workers must be kept for 25 years beyond the date that the individual stops working as a classified personnel.

A

FALSE.

[CHANGED FROM 50 YEARS!]

Classified worker records should be kept for 30 years since last entry or when they reach 75.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/part/5#:~:text=%E2%80%94(1)%20Subject%20to%20paragraph,skin%20or%20the%20extremities%20and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
384
Q

Regarding classified workers:

They must undergo annual health checks.

A

True.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/part/5#:~:text=%E2%80%94(1)%20Subject%20to%20paragraph,skin%20or%20the%20extremities%20and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
385
Q

Regarding classified workers:

Staff working in nuclear medicine are classified workers.

A

False.

Staff working in nuclear medicine are very rarely required to be classified.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
386
Q

Regarding standards for x-ray equipment:

For portable x-ray equipment the total filtration of the tube and its assembly should not be less than 1.5mm of aluminium.

A

FALSE.

For portable x-ray equipment the total filtration of the tube and its assembly should not be less than 2.5 mm of aluminium.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
387
Q

Regarding standards for x-ray equipment:

A Leakage radiation from the tube must be less than 1mGy/hr at 1 metre from the focus.

A

TRUE.

Leakage radiation is the term given to radiation escaping the X-ray tube housing other than
through the tube port. This must be limited to less than 1 mGy hr-1 averaged over an area of
1 m2 at a distance of 1 metre from the focal spot.

https://www-pub.iaea.org/MTCD/publications/PDF/Pub1578_web-57265295.pdf

https://www.bir.org.uk/media/414334/final_patient_shielding_guidance.pdf

https://www.radiologycafe.com/frcr-physics-notes/radiation-dosimetry-protection-and-legislation/radiation-protection/

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
388
Q

Regarding standards for x-ray equipment:

Skin entrance dose rates for ftuoroscopy should not exceed 100mGy/min.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
389
Q

Regarding standards for x-ray equipment:

For mobile x-ray equipment the position of the exposure switch should be designed such that the operator can stand at least 1m from the tube and x-ray beam.

A

False.

About 1.8 - 2m

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
390
Q

The installer or RPA can complete the critical examination of new equipment.

A

True

Farr’s 3rd Ed:
Installer has a duty to check all the critical warning lights and safety features are operational which may be in conjunction with or supervised by the RPA

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
391
Q

Tests on all equipment, annually at least, are mandatory.

A

FALSE.

Just all instruments used for RADIATION PROTECTION SERVICES.

Regulations 20(3) of the Ionising Radiations Regulations 2017 (IRR17) requires that all instruments used for radiation protection purposes for fulfilling the requirements of the Regulations shall be adequately tested and thoroughly examined at appropriate intervals by or under the supervision of a Qualified Person. The Approved Code of Practice (ACoP) recommends the interval to be at least once every year.

https://www.ukhsa-protectionservices.org.uk/radmet/services/legal

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
392
Q

Quality assurance:

Requires the equipment used for testing to be calibrated.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
393
Q

Quality assurance:

Is not a requirement under IRMER 2017.

A

FALSE.

“Quality assurance IRMER 2017” refers to the quality assurance procedures required under the Ionising Radiation (Medical Exposure) Regulations 2017 (IR(ME)R), which mandate employers to establish comprehensive quality assurance programs for all aspects of medical radiation procedures, including written protocols, equipment functionality, and practitioner practices, to ensure patient safety and minimize unnecessary radiation exposure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
394
Q

Quality assurance:

Is a requirement under IRR 17

A

True.

The Ionising Radiations Regulations (IRR) 2017 (IRR17) establish quality assurance measures for radiation protection in the workplace. These measures include:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
395
Q

Regarding dose limits and dose constraint:

Dose limits do not apply to patients.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
396
Q

Regarding dose limits and dose constraint:

The dose limits can be relaxed for comforters and carers.

A

True.. Depending on local policy.

IRMER 2017:
In the case of regulation 3(d), the employer’s procedures must provide that appropriate
guidance is established for the exposure of carers and comforters.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
397
Q

Regarding dose limits and dose constraint:

A dose constraint is a dose limit of radiation.

A

FALSE.

Dose constraints
– are not dose limits
– are selected at some fraction of the dose limit
– should be selected based on good practice and on what can
reasonably be achieved

https://www.icrp.org/docs/anne%20mcgarry%20dose%20constraints%20in%20occupational.pdf

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
398
Q

Regarding dose limits and dose constraint:

The relaxation of dose limits can routinely be applied to employees.

A

E. False: They can be relaxed only in cases of emergencies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
399
Q

According to IRR 2017:

A radiation dose of 30mSv in a single year may be acceptable to a classified worker.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/schedule/3

A

True: As long as the dose received by the individual does not exceed 100mSv over 5 years.

For the purposes of regulation 12(2), the limit on effective dose for employees or trainees of 18 years or above is 100 mSv in any period of five consecutive calendar years subject to a maximum effective dose of 50 mSv in any single calendar year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
400
Q

According to IRR 2017:

A classified worker is one whose radiation dose is likely to exceed one-tenths of any dose limit.

A

False.

A classified worker is one whose radiation fse is likely to exceed three-tenths of any dose limit. *

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
401
Q

According to IRR 2017:

The RPA is responsible for the review of local rules.

A

False: This is the responsibility of the Radiation Protection Supervisor:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
402
Q

According to IRR 2017: The RPA can carry out critical examination of equipment.

A

False.

The RPA should supervise the critical examination performed by the installer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
403
Q

According to IRR 2017:

An x-ray department can have more than one Radiation Protection Supervisor.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
404
Q

Under IRR 2017:
The RPA may also be a medical physics expert.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
405
Q

Under IRR 2017:

The annual equivalent dose limit to the lens of the eye of a trainee employee under the age of 18 years is 150mSv.

https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2017/1075/schedule/3

A

False.

IRR 2017:

Equivalent dose limits for LENS:

Over 18:
20mSv per year.
OR 100mSv over 5 years, with max 50mSv in any one year.

Under 18 or anyone else:
15 mSv per year

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
406
Q

Under IRR 2017:

The annual effective dose limit for a trainee employee under the age of 18 years is 6mSv.

A

TRUE.

IRR 2017 Whole body EFFECTIVE dose limit:

Over 18: 20 mSv (same as lens)
Under 18 workers: 6mSv
Public: 1mSv

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
407
Q

Under IRR 2017:

The RPS is responsible for ensuring monitoring equipment is calibrated.

A

False. The RPA ensures equipment is calibrated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
408
Q

Under IRR 2017:

To work as a classified person the individual must be certified as being medically fit to work prior to employment.

A

True.

They must undergo a health check.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
409
Q

An effective dose of 6mSv:

Carries a risk of about 1 in 3000 of a fatal cancer.

A

True.

Risk of fatal cancer = 1 in 20,000 per mSv

6/20,000
= 3 / 10,000
= 1 / 3333

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
410
Q

An effective dose of 6mSv:

Would be excessive for a barium enema examination.

A

False.

Approximate effective radiation dose for a barium enema is 6mSv anyway!

https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info/safety-xray

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
411
Q

An effective dose of 6mSv:

Is the annual dose limit for a trainee classified worker.

A

False: The annual dose limit for trainees is 6mSv, but trainees cannot be classified.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
412
Q

An effective dose of 6mSv:

Is approximately 5 times the annual background radiation dose in the UK.

A

False. About twice background dose.

UK average annual radiation dose = 2.7 mSv

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ionising-radiation-dose-comparisons/ionising-radiation-dose-comparisons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
413
Q

An effective dose of 6mSv:

ls approximately 10 times the effective dose of an AP pelvis radiograph.

A

TRUE.

The radiation dose for an abdominal radiograph (0.6 mSv)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
414
Q

Under IRMER 2017:

It is binding on the employer to identify the referrer.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
415
Q

Under IRMER 2017:

Only doctors and dentists may act as referrers.

A

False: Nurse practitioners and physiotherapists may act as referrers (but must be state registered).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
416
Q

Under IRMER 2017:

Radiographers can perform the role of practitioners.

A

True.

A radiographer can act as an IR(ME)R practitioner to justify the exposure and as an operator to perform the exposure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
417
Q

Under IRMER 2017:

The employer is responsible for ensuring patient doses are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).

A

True.

Meaning they must implement procedures and practices to minimize radiation exposure to patients while still achieving the necessary diagnostic information.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
418
Q

Under IRMER 2017:

A referrer is not liable for prosecution.

A

False. They must also have knowledge of IRMER.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
419
Q

Regarding Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs):

An investigation must be initiated if a patient DRL has been exceeded.

A

False.

DRLs are not dose limits but guidance for dose levels for typical examinations in standard-sized patients.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
420
Q

Regarding Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs):

Can be different for the same examination in different hospitals.

A

True.

Set locally with input from the medical physics expert.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
421
Q

Regarding Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs):

A DRL should be expressed as entrance surface dose.

A

False.

e:They can be expressed as DAP, kv, mAs, screening time, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
422
Q

Regarding Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs):

Local DRLs cannot be higher than national levels.

A

False: They can be higher if justified on clinical grounds.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
423
Q

Regarding Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs):

The national DRL for a chest PA radiograph is 0.2mGy (ESD).

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/diagnostic-radiology-national-diagnostic-reference-levels-ndrls/ndrl#national-drls-for-general-radiography-and-fluoroscopy

A

True - ish.

Chest PA 0.15 mGy
Chest AP 0.2 mGy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
424
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:
The operator is responsible for justification of an exposure.

A

False.
The practitioner justifies an exposure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
425
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:
It does not apply to individuals participating voluntarily in a research programme.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
426
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:
It does not apply to individuals for pre-employment occupational health assessment.

A

False.

Training is required for PRACTITIONERS (US) and operators (Radiographers).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
427
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:

Referrers need to be trained adequately for requesting radiological investigations.

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/breast-screening-guidance-on-implementation-of-ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-2017/guidance-for-the-implementation-of-the-irmer-regulations-2017#training

A

False.

Under IRMER 2017 the practitioner and operator must be adequately trained.

The referrer must have access to local guidelines and understand requests within the scope of their practice.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
428
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:

Preparation of a radiopharmaceutical is the responsibility of the operator.

A

True.

A radiopharmacist operator, also known as a radiopharmaceutical scientist, prepares radioactive medicines for use in nuclear medicine studies

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
429
Q

The following are true under IRMER 2017:
Only a practitioner can justify an exposure.

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/breast-screening-guidance-on-implementation-of-ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-2017/guidance-for-the-implementation-of-the-irmer-regulations-2017#justifying-and-authorising-breast-screening-exposures

A

True.

Justification is the primary role of the IR(ME)R practitioner who must be a registered healthcare professional, such as a radiographer or radiologist. An assistant practitioner may not act as an IR(ME)R practitioner justifying exposures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
430
Q

The following are true of IRR 2017:

A

It is mandatory to monitor doses of persons working with radiation.

False. Only classified workers or all other works in CONTROLLED areas.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
431
Q

The following are true of IRR 2017:

In conjunction with the employer the RPS investigates overexposures.

A

False: The RPA investigates overexposures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
432
Q

The following are true of IRR 2017:

The employer is responsible for the training of employees.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
433
Q

The following are true of IRR 2017:

Does not allow a trainee below the age of 18 years in supervised and controlled areas.

A

False.

Trainees are allowed but with lower dose limits.

According to the Ionising Radiations Regulations 2017 (IRR17), trainees working in a “controlled area” must receive specific training and be subject to strict access controls, meaning only authorized individuals with appropriate training can enter such areas, and their exposure to radiation must be carefully monitored and managed by the employer; this is particularly important for trainees under 18 years old due to lower dose limits applicable to them.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
434
Q

The following are true of IRR 2017:

The radiation dose records of classified workers need to be submitted to HSE certified dose record keeping authorities.

A

True.

Make sure your employees know their dose information is being kept by your ADS and that summaries are held in HSE’s Central Index of Dose Information (CIDI)

https://www.hse.gov.uk/radiation/ionising/doses/index.htm

https://www.ukhsa-protectionservices.org.uk/cms/assets/gfx/content/resource_5101cs48f7d3043b.pdf

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
435
Q

Regarding radiation legislation:

MARS 1978 is responsible for the storage and disposal of radioactive substances.

A

False: MARS is concerned with the administration of radioactive substances.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
436
Q

Regarding radiation legislation:

he organization must hold an ARSAC (Administration of Radioactive Substances Advisory Committee) certificate to carry out nuclear medicine investigations.

A

True.

ARSAC advises the licensing authorities on applications from practitioners, employers and researchers who want to use radioactive substances on people.
https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/administration-of-radioactive-substances-advisory-committee

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
437
Q

Regarding radiation legislation:

An ARSAC certificate needs to be renewed every 3 years.

A

False:

An ARSAC licence is usually valid for 5 years and Research ARSAC licences for 2 years.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
438
Q

Regarding radiation legislation:

RSA 1993 is concerned with the protection of the population and environment.

A

True.

Radioactive Substances Act

1993https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1993/12/contents

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
439
Q

Regarding radiation legislation:

IRMER requires that the employee ensure that personal protective equipment is properly used.

A

False: IRMER applies to patients only.

This is a requirement of IRR 2017.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
440
Q

The principle of optimization is that the benefit from radiation exceeds the risks.

A

False: This is the principle of justification.

Also MPE helps with optimising protocols to achieve lowest possible dose for diagnostically useful imaging.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
441
Q

Following radionuclide imaging a lactating mother must interrupt breast feeding for 5 days.

A

False: The period of interruption depends on the radiopharmaceutical. Some do not require any interruption.

Side note:

in relation to an EMPLOYEE who is breastfeeding, that employee must not be engaged in any work involving a significant risk of intake of radionuclides or of bodily contamination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
442
Q

A pregnant patient cannot have radionuclide imaging.

A

False.

They can as long as benefits outweigh risks.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
443
Q

Optimisation includes quality assurance programmes to ensure equipment performance.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
444
Q

E. The HSE must be notified if the wrong patient has undergone an investigation.

A

False.

CQC must be notified.

https://www.cqc.org.uk/guidance-providers/ionising-radiation/ionising-radiation-medical-exposure-regulations-irmer/notify-us-about-exposure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
445
Q

Females between the ages of 14 and 55 years being exposed to ionizing radiation must be asked about the possibility of pregnancy.

A

FALSE.

BETWEEN 12-55 years.

https://www.sor.org/getmedia/1d256f96-40cb-4eeb-b120-90fe27daf7e9/Inclusive-Pregnancy-Status-Guidelines-for-Ionising-Radiation_LLv2

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
446
Q

Providing post procedure information to patients who have undergone a nuclear medicine investigation comes under the domain of optimization.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
447
Q

Radiation weighting factors are measured in Gray.

A

False. Weighting factors do not have units.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
448
Q

Lead aprons used in interventional radiology are generally 0.35mm lead equivalent.

A

False: 0.35mm lead equivalent aprons are used for general radiology and 0.5mm for interventional procedures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
449
Q

12mm of barium will provide the same protection as 1mm of lead.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
450
Q

A 2.5mm lead equivalent filter should be used for routine radiological procedures.

A

False:

2.5mm ALUMINIUM equivalent filter should be used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
451
Q

Lead screen panels used in x-ray rooms to protect staff are usually 5mm thick.

A

False.

X-Ray room panels have 2mm of lead

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
452
Q

In fluoroscopy, the scattered radiation to staff from an overcouch tube is less than an undercouch one.

A

False:

The radiation from an OVERCOUCH tube is MORE than for an undercouch one.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
453
Q

Thyroid collars used in radiology have 0.5mm lead equivalence.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
454
Q

For chest radiography, the film to focus distance should not be less than 30cm.

A

FALSE.

It should not be less than, 60cm for fixed equipment. 30cm may be permissible for portable units.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
455
Q

A 0.25mm lead apron transmits less than 3% of the radiation.

A

False

Transmittance of lead equivalent aprons

0.25 mm = 5 %
0.35 mm = 3 %
0.5 mm = 1.5 %

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
456
Q

A 0.25mm lead apron transmits 5 % of the radiation.

A

True.

Transmittance of lead equivalent aprons

0.25 mm = 5 %
0.35 mm = 3 %
0.5 mm = 1.5 %

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
457
Q

A 0.35mm lead apron transmits 3% of the radiation.

A

True.

Transmittance of lead equivalent aprons

0.25 mm = 5 %
0.35 mm = 3 %
0.5 mm = 1.5 %

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
458
Q

A 0.5 mm lead apron transmits 1.5 % of the radiation.

A

True.

Transmittance of lead equivalent aprons

0.25 mm = 5 %
0.35 mm = 3 %
0.5 mm = 1.5 %

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
459
Q

The radiation dose rate from air travel is about 4µSv/hr.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
460
Q

The average daily dose from natural background radiation is 6µSv.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
461
Q

A radiologist wearing a lead apron is adequately protected from the primary radiation.

A

False.

Lead aprons provide protection only from scattered radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
462
Q

The Environment Agency is the enforcing authority for the Radioactive Substances Act 1993.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
463
Q

Photons of energy of 40keV react with soft tissues of the body, predominantly by the Compton reaction

A

True.

At lower photon energies (<30 keV): Photoelectric absorption becomes more dominant.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
464
Q

Bone has a higher effective atomic number than soft tissue for a diagnostic energy range.

A

True: The approximate mean atomic number of bone is 13.8 and of soft tissue is 7.4.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
465
Q

For a given energy and medium in the diagnostic range the actual linear attenuation coefficient is always higher than the Compton linear attenuation coefficient.

A

True. LAC = Compton + Photoelectric

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
466
Q

The units of the mass energy absorption coefficient are centimetres (squared)/kg.

A

False. cm2/g or m2 per Kg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
467
Q

The linear attenuation coefficient is the mass attenuation coefficient divided by the density.

A

False. MAC = LAC / density

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
468
Q

Beam quality depends on kV and voltage waveform.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
469
Q

Beam intensity depends on the atomic number of the target, tube current, kV, and kV waveform.

A

True: Beam intensity is the energy fluence rate.

Total amount of energy per unit area passing through a cross section per unit time.

It depends on mA, Z, and is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from a point source.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
470
Q

Characteristic radiation constitutes a steadily increasing proportion of the total with
increasing kV.

A

False.

Increasing the kVp above the threshold does not significantly increase the proportion of characteristic radiation relative to bremsstrahlung, as most photons are still generated through bremsstrahlung.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
471
Q

No characteristic K shell radiation is produced from a Tungsten target at kVp 65.

A

True. Tungsten K edge is 69.5 KeV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
472
Q

After 2.5mm of aluminium filtration, the peak intensity of an x-ray beam occurs about 1/3 of the maximum kVp.

A

True. 1/3 to 1/2 of maximum kVp

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
473
Q

For a monochromatic xray beam attenuation is exponential.

A

True: Assuming the x-ray beam is traversing a homogenous medium.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
474
Q

The amount of x-ray attenuation increases as electron density increases.

A

True: As electron density increases, more photons are attenuated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
475
Q

Throughout the range of 20-100keV a greater proportion of interactions are photoelectric for soft tissue as compared to bone.

A

False. MORE FOR BONE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
476
Q

The unit of mass attenuation coefficient (MAC) is grams per cm squared.

A

FALSE cm2/g or m2/Kg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
477
Q

The half value thickness is the thickness of a substance that will reduce the intensity of a beam by 50%.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
478
Q

The mass attenuation coefficient: A Is defined as the linear attenuation coefficient (LAC) divided by the density.

A

True: MAC= LAC/density.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
479
Q

The mass attenuation coefficient: Is affected by the atomic number.

A

False.

The mass attenuation coefficient is considered to be largely independent of atomic number,

as it is normalized by the density of the material, meaning it represents the attenuation per unit mass rather than per unit volume, which is where the atomic number dependence primarily lies;

this is particularly true for Compton scattering, the dominant interaction mechanism at higher photon energies, where the electron density (electrons per gram) is nearly constant across most elements, excluding hydrogen.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
480
Q

The mass attenuation coefficient: Is directly proportional to the half value layer (HVL).

A

False:
HVL = 0.69/LAC
MAC = LAC / density
LAC is proportional to MAC then
MAC is INVERSELY proportional to HVL.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
481
Q

The mass attenuation coefficient: Is inversely proportional to the radiation energy.

A

False: This is only the case for elastic scattering (all energies) and Compton interactions involving photons >100keV.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
482
Q

The mass attenuation coefficient: Depends on the type of radiation interaction.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
483
Q

Concerning the Compton effect: There is interaction between a free electron and a photon

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
484
Q

Concerning the Compton effect: For incident photons of equal energy, more energy is lost from the photon as the scatter angle increases.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
485
Q

Concerning the Compton effect: High energy radiation undergoes more scattering events than lower energy radiation.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
486
Q

Concerning the Compton effect: The amount of scattering that occurs depends on the electron density of the scattering material.

A

True.

Electron Density: This is the number of electrons per unit mass or volume of the material.

The photon interacts with individual electrons, not with the entire atom or nucleus.
The atomic number (Z) and atomic structure have minimal influence, as Compton scattering involves electrons that are effectively free or loosely bound.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
487
Q

Concerning the Compton effect: The larger the angle through which the photon is scattered, the more energy it loses.

A

True: As the angle of scatter of a photon increases, more energy is lost from the photon.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
488
Q

Compton interactions tend to reduce the contrast in the image because: The mean photon energy is reduced.

A

False. The recoil electron does not leave the object being imaged and does not directly affect the detector.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
489
Q

Compton interactions tend to reduce the contrast in the image because: The photon undergoes a change in direction.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
490
Q

Compton interactions tend to reduce the contrast in the image because: Attenuation of the beam is increased.

A

False. Compton scattering contributes to attenuation, but it does not necessarily reduce image contrast in this context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
491
Q

Compton interactions in the screen reduce contrast.

A

False

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
492
Q

Scattered radiation reaching the film would be expected to be reduced by:

A A high tube kV.
B. A moving grid.
C. Coning.
D. Using tubes with higher heat rating.
E. Placing a thin sheet of zinc on the film cassette.

A

Scattered radiation reaching the film would be expected to be reduced by:

A A high tube kV - FALSE
B. A moving grid- FALSE
C. Coning - Collimation reduces scatter
D. Using tubes with higher heat rating. False Irrelevant
E. False. Not effective. Zinc does not effectively absorb scattered radiation. Scattered radiation is primarily addressed by grids or beam collimation (coning), not by placing materials like zinc directly on the film.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
493
Q

With a parallel grid, cut-off limits the maximum field size.

A

True. Grid cut-off can indirectly affect the maximum field size in a radiographic image, as it causes a loss of signal at the periphery of the image due to the grid absorbing primary radiation at the edges, effectively limiting the usable field size you can capture without significant image quality degradation; therefore, to avoid cut-off, you might need to slightly reduce the field size to stay within the grid’s effective area.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
494
Q

With a focused grid, cut-off limits the range of focus to film distance.

A

True.

In a focused grid, the lead strips are angled to match the divergence of the X-ray beam. Cut-off refers to the phenomenon where X-rays that are outside the optimal range of angles (too far from the focal distance) are absorbed by the grid. This results in reduced exposure to the film in areas outside the focused distance, effectively limiting the range of focus to film distance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
495
Q

A linear grid reduces contrast in the direction perpendicular to the lead strips.

A

False.

A linear grid has lead strips aligned in one direction (usually horizontally or vertically). It does not inherently reduce contrast in the perpendicular direction. What a grid does is primarily reduce scattered radiation and improve image contrast by absorbing scattered photons, which generally improves contrast in all directions rather than reducing it in a specific direction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
496
Q

Use of a grid may increase patient dose by a factor of 4.

A

False.

A grid absorbs a portion of the X-ray beam, which can lead to a need for higher exposure to maintain image quality, but the increase in dose is usually in the range of 1.5 to 2 times the dose without a grid, depending on the type of grid and the technique used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
497
Q

Grid lines in an image occur only if a stationary grid is used.

A

False.

Grid lines can occur with both stationary and moving grids. A stationary grid will have visible lines on the image because it doesn’t move, while a moving grid (such as a Bucky grid) moves during exposure to blur the grid lines. However, if the grid movement is not sufficient or if the exposure time is too short, grid lines can still appear.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
498
Q

In the use of grids:
The interspaces may be filled with aluminium.

A

True: Usual interspace materials are plastic, carbon fibre, or aluminium.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
499
Q

In the use of grids: The grid ratio is defined as the ratio between the height of the lead strips and the distance between them.

A

The grid ratio is the ratio between the height of the lead strips and the distance between the lead strips.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
500
Q

In the use of grids: The interspaces are usually much thicker than the lead strips.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
501
Q

In the use of grids: In the linear grid it may be possible for the x-ray tube to be angled without the effect of ‘grid cut-off’.

A

True. The X-ray tube can be angled along the length of the grid lines without causing “grid cut-off” because the lead strips are parallel to the direction of the potential angle, allowing the primary beam to pass through without being blocked by the grid strip

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
502
Q

In the use of grids: A crossed grid is made of two superimposed linear grids having different focusing distances.

A

False:

A crossed grid is two stationary grids superimposed with their grid lines at right angles to each other.The radiation must pass though a tunnel rather than just a channel. Crossed grids require higher exposure and careful centring. If the grids are not at right angles an artefact called Moire fringes may be visualized on the film.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
503
Q

Use of a grid normally leads to:
A Reduced scatter dose to the patient.

A

False. The patient gets the same or more scatter due to the higher dose needed when using a grid.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
504
Q

Use of a grid normally leads to:
An increase in the exposure latitude of the film screen combination.

A

False. Exposure latitude refers to the range of exposures that produce acceptable image quality, and grids generally narrow the acceptable exposure range because they absorb some of the primary beam, requiring a higher dose to achieve the desired image quality.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
505
Q

Use of a grid normally leads to: An increase in the exposure to the patient.

A

True: More x-rays are needed to obtain the same film density when a grid sits between the film and the patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
506
Q

Use of a grid normally leads to: A higher mean energy of the beam reaching the film.

A

True:The beam becomes more penetrating as lower energy scattered radiation cannot reach the film.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
507
Q

Use of a grid normally leads to: A reduction of scatter radiation reaching the film.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
508
Q

A focused grid: May cause radiation cut-off at large field sizes.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
509
Q

A focused grid: Should be used within a defined range of focus to film distance.

A

True. A focused grid is designed to work optimally within a specific range of focus-to-film distances. Outside this range, the X-ray beam may not match the angle of the lead strips, leading to inefficiency and potential cut-off.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
510
Q

A focused grid: Requires an increase in patient dose to achieve the same film density as an exposure without a grid.

A

True. The use of a grid reduces the amount of X-rays reaching the film (due to the absorption of scattered radiation), so to achieve the same film density or image quality, the exposure must be increased, resulting in a higher patient dose.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
511
Q

A focused grid: Reduces geometric distortion of the image.

A

False. A focused grid does not affect geometric distortion. Geometric distortion is mainly influenced by the positioning of the X-ray tube, the object being imaged, and the alignment of the film or detector. Grids are used to reduce scattered radiation and improve image contrast, but they don’t reduce geometric distortion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
512
Q

A focused grid: Improves contrast by reducing the amount of scattered radiation reaching the film.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
513
Q

X-ray exposure to the patient may be reduced by:
Adding a 2mm aluminium filter to the beam.

A

TRUE.

Adding a 2mm aluminium filter to the beam.

True. Adding an aluminium filter to the X-ray beam helps reduce the exposure to the patient by filtering out low-energy photons that contribute to patient dose but don’t contribute much to the image quality. These low-energy photons are more likely to be absorbed by the patient’s tissues rather than reaching the film or detector. By filtering them out, the beam becomes “harder” (higher average energy), which reduces patient exposure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
514
Q

X-ray exposure to the patient may be reduced by:
Using a higher kVp.

A

FALSE. Higher kVp also increases the amount of scattered radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
515
Q

X-ray exposure to the patient may be reduced by:
Reducing the x-ray target-object distance.

A

False. Reducing the target-object distance (or the distance between the X-ray tube and the patient) increases the patient dose. This is because the intensity of the X-ray beam is inversely proportional to the square of the distance (Inverse Square Law).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
516
Q

X-ray exposure to the patient may be reduced by:
Using rare earth screens.

A

True. Rare earth screens such as gadolinium oxysulphide are more efficient that calcium tungstate, therefore less x-rays are needed for the same image.

The downside of this is that noise is increased as fewer photons contribute to the image.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
517
Q

X-ray exposure to the patient may be reduced by:
Using a Potter-Bucky grid.

A

False: A Potter-Bucky grid is the term used to describe the moving grid assembly.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
518
Q

Secondary radiation grids: Usual grid ratio is 4:1-16:1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
519
Q

Secondary radiation grids: As grid height increases, resolution of the image improves.

A

True: As grid height increases, more scattered radiation is stopped and resolution improves. However, primary radiation is also stopped and so a higher dose is incurred.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
520
Q

Secondary radiation grids: Grid factor is the ratio of incident radiation to transmitted radiation.

A

True. The grid factor refers to the ratio of the radiation that passes through the grid (transmitted radiation) to the incident radiation (radiation that hits the grid).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
521
Q

Secondary radiation grids: They absorb both primary and secondary radiation.

A

FALSE.
Grids are specifically designed to absorb secondary radiation (scattered radiation) while allowing primary radiation (the useful X-ray beam) to pass through.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
522
Q

Secondary radiation grids: Grid ratio is the ability of the grid to stop primary radiation.

A

False. The grid ratio refers to the height of the lead strips relative to the distance between them

Grid factor is the ratio of incident radiation to transmitted radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
523
Q

The focal spot of the x-ray tube:
Is the cause of the penumbra on the image.

A

True. The focal spot is indeed the cause of the penumbra (the blurred edges) on an image. The penumbra is created because the X-rays emitted from different parts of the focal spot strike the object and detector at different angles, leading to a blurred boundary. A smaller focal spot size helps reduce the penumbra, improving image sharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
524
Q

The focal spot of the x-ray tube:
Focal spot motion causes motion unsharpness.

A

True: Any motion of the x-ray tube components or patient contributes to motion unsharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
525
Q

The focal spot of the x-ray tube:
Causes absorption unsharpness.

A

False. Absorption unsharpness occurs when parts of the X-ray beam are absorbed by tissues or the image receptor unevenly, not as a result of the focal spot. The focal spot is related to geometric unsharpness (such as penumbra), not absorption unsharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
526
Q

The focal spot of the x-ray tube:
Emits radiation of uniform intensity across its face.

A

False. Hence Anode Heel Effect.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
527
Q

The focal spot of the x-ray tube:
Significantly influences the degree of magnification of objects about the size of the focal spot.

A

False. The focal spot size does not significantly influence the degree of magnification. Magnification in radiology is more influenced by the distance between the object and the image receptor and the target-object distance, rather than the focal spot size. A larger focal spot may slightly increase geometric unsharpness but doesn’t cause significant magnification changes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
528
Q

Regarding the focal spot:
Its size increases with an increase in the tube current.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
529
Q

Regarding the focal spot:
Its resolving capacity can be measured by pinhole imaging.

A

False: Resolution is measured with a star test pattern. Focal spot size is measured with pinhole imaging.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
530
Q

Regarding the focal spot: Its size increases with increased kVp.

A

False. No impact.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
531
Q

Regarding the focal spot: The focal spot is shorter when measured at the cathode end than at the anode end.

A

False.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
532
Q

Regarding the focal spot:
A focal spot has improved resolving power if it has a centrally peaked radiation intensity distribution.

A

True.
A focal spot with a centrally peaked radiation intensity distribution typically has improved resolving power. This means that most of the radiation is emitted from the center of the focal spot, where the intensity is highest, resulting in sharper images and improved resolution. A uniform or central peak distribution reduces geometric unsharpness and enhances image quality.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
533
Q

The effective focal spot is governed by:
The target angle.
The target size.
The line focus principle.
The filament size.
The applied kV.

A

The effective focal spot is governed by:
The target angle. T
The target size. F
The line focus principle. T
The filament size. T
The applied kV. F

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
534
Q

Concerning the ‘air-gap’ technique:

A

False: Scatter is not removed.The scatter that misses the film does not contribute to the image but scatter which does not lie obliquely contributes to the image.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
535
Q

Concerning the ‘air-gap’ technique:

An air gap of more than 30cm is needed.

A

True: With a gap of less than 30cm, too much scatter reaches the film to be a valued technique.

Typically, an air gap of around 30-40 cm (12-16 inches) is used in the air-gap technique to effectively reduce scatter radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
536
Q

Concerning the ‘air-gap’ technique:
This technique is equivalent to using a grid, but a higher patient dose is needed.

A

False. The air-gap technique can reduce scatter radiation similar to how a grid works, but it does not necessarily require a higher patient dose compared to using a grid. In fact, the air-gap technique can often result in a lower patient dose because it avoids the additional dose increase typically required when using a grid to compensate for the loss of primary radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
537
Q

Concerning the ‘air-gap’ technique:
Grids are used in preference to an air-gap technique when imaging paediatric patients.

A

False: Grids are not used on paediatric patients due to the need for a higher exposure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
538
Q

Concerning the ‘air-gap’ technique:
An air gap requires increased patient dose.

A

True.
Higher mA or kVp is needed to maintain photon flux.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
539
Q

Regarding tomography:
The x-ray tube and cassette move in opposite directions.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
540
Q

Regarding tomography:
A large swing angle gives a thicker slice.

A

FALSE.

Slice thickness inversely proportional to the tomographic angle.

A larger swing angle means the x-ray tube moves over a greater arc, and this results in a more focused and narrower area being captured in the plane of interest. This makes the slice thinner and more precise, with less blurring of surrounding structures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
541
Q

Regarding tomography:
Blurring is used as an advantage.

A

C. True: Peripherally, tissues are blurred with the object of interest in focus. However this reduces contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
542
Q

Regarding tomography:
This technique is often used in intravenous urography.

A

False. Tomography is generally not used in intravenous urography (IVU). IVU typically uses conventional radiography or CT scans for visualizing the urinary system.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
543
Q

Regarding tomography:
Increasing focus-film distance increases slice thickness.

A

True.

Increasing focus-film distance increases slice thickness = leads to more magnification.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
544
Q

Regarding tomography:
The contrast is dependent on the slice thickness.

A

True. Thinner slices = less scatter

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
545
Q

Regarding tomography:
Only structures at right angles to the film appear sharp.

A

False: Structures at right angles appear more blurred than those parallel to the film.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
546
Q

Regarding tomography:
Tomography is most useful when imaging structures with low inherent contrast.

A

True.
It can differentiate between tissues with subtle density differences by taking multiple X-ray projections from different angles, allowing for better visualization of soft tissues that might be difficult to see on a standard X-ray

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
547
Q

Regarding tomography:
Image unsharpness is unaffected by the use of tomography.

A

False.
Image unsharpness is affected by the use of tomography, especially outside the focal plane. The whole point of tomography is to intentionally blur the unimportant structures outside the focal plane, but this creates unsharpness for those areas. The unsharpness is an inherent feature of tomography and is used to enhance the sharpness of the focal plane.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
548
Q

Regarding tomography: Patient dose is higher than in conventional radiography.

A

True.
Patient dose is typically higher in tomography compared to conventional radiography because the technique requires multiple exposures to create a slice, and the radiation is often spread over a larger area to cover the entire focal plane. This results in a higher overall dose compared to a single exposure in conventional radiography.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
549
Q

When using a narrow angle in tomography:
The section thickness increases.

A

True. A narrow angle results in a thicker section (slice). This is because a smaller swing angle means that the x-ray tube moves over a smaller arc, which leads to a larger portion of tissue being included in the focal plane. As a result, the slice thickness increases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
550
Q

When using a narrow angle in tomography:
Tissue contrast is reduced.

A

True. With a narrow angle, there is less precise separation of the region of interest from surrounding structures. The blurring of structures outside the focal plane is less pronounced, meaning that more tissue is included in the slice, and the resulting image has reduced contrast because the tissues of interest are mixed with surrounding structures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
551
Q

When using a narrow angle in tomography:
The blurring of structures outside the focal plane is increased.

A

False. A narrow angle leads to less blurring of structures outside the focal plane.

In contrast, a wider angle produces greater blurring, making the surrounding structures more indistinct. The blurring of structures outside the focal plane is reduced when using a narrow angle.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
552
Q

When using a narrow angle in tomography:
The unsharpness within the focal plane is increased.

A

False: Decreased.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
553
Q

When using a narrow angle in tomography:
The tendency for phantom image formation increases.

A

True. This can be compensated for by using multidirectional tomography.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
554
Q

In an x-ray tube, a rotating anode:

Results in a larger focal spot.
Increases the maximum tube rating.
Allows larger exposures to be made when compared with a stationary anode.

A

Results in a larger focal spot. False

Increases the maximum tube rating. True

Allows larger exposures to be made when compared with a stationary anode. True

A stationary anode allows only slow heat removal by conduction, restricting the maximum exposures that can be made. Stationary anode tubes are only used now for intra-oral dental sets and some mobile units.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
555
Q

In an x-ray tube, a rotating anode:
Reduces heat input to the x-ray tube.

A

False. The rotating anode does not reduce heat input; it increases heat input compared to a stationary anode. However, it improves heat dissipation by spreading the heat over a larger surface area.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
556
Q

In an x-ray tube, a rotating anode:
Is constructed from molybdenum with a tungsten target.

A

E. False:The anode can be made from rhodium and the target from both molybedenum or rhodium in mammography.

In x-ray tubes, the anode typically uses tungsten as the target material due to its high atomic number (Z = 74), which makes it very efficient for x-ray production. Tungsten also has a high melting point, which helps with heat dissipation during the rapid energy release in x-ray production.

However, rhodium (Z = 45) is sometimes used in specific medical imaging contexts, especially in mammography. For mammography, the anode material may be rhodium or molybdenum instead of tungsten.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
557
Q

In a rotating anode x-ray tube:
The anode stem is made of tungsten.
The effective focal spot size depends on the anode angle.
Heat is removed from the anode mainly by thermal conduction.
Heat is removed more efficiently when a low current is used.
The anode heel effect occurs in a direction parallel to the anode-cathode axis.

A

The anode stem is made of tungsten. False
False: It is made of molybdenum which is a poor thermal conductor.

The effective focal spot size depends on the anode angle. True.

Heat is removed from the anode mainly by thermal conduction. False: Heat is lost mainly by radiation. It cannot be removed by convection as the rotating anode lies within a vacuum.

Heat is removed more efficiently when a low current is used. True: A lower current generates less heat at the anode, allowing for better heat dissipation and preventing excessive buildup on the anode surface.

The anode heel effect occurs in a direction parallel to the anode-cathode axis. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
558
Q

Filtration of the x-ray beam:
In the patient is known as inherent filtration.

Tends to increase tissue contrast.

Would be expected to decrease the maximum photon energy.

A

Filtration of the x-ray beam:
In the patient is known as inherent filtration. False. Filtration by XR tube

Tends to increase tissue contrast. False. Beam hardening reduces contrast.

Would be expected to decrease the maximum photon energy. False: Maximum photon energy stays the same - filtration preferentially filters lower energy photons that results in a higher mean energy.

Helps to decrease the amount of loading on the x-ray tube.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
559
Q

Filtration of the x-ray beam:

Aluminium is more efficient than copper for filtering off higher energy radiation.

A

False: Aluminium atomic no is 13 and copper is 29 so copper attenuates x-rays more by photoelectric effect.

Think flimsy Al foil Vs big copper pipe!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
560
Q

Filtration of the x-ray beam:

Helps to decrease the amount of loading on the x-ray tube.

A

True. By removing these ineffective x-rays, the beam becomes “harder”, meaning it has higher energy and better penetration, which improves image quality.

“X-ray tube loading” refers to the amount of heat generated within an X-ray tube during operation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
561
Q

Inherent filtration:
The glass envelope is responsible for most of it.

A

True: Inherent filtration is the combined filtration of the window of the tube housing, the insulating oil, the glass insert and the target material itself.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
562
Q

Inherent filtration:
It varies approximately between 0.5 and 1mm of aluminium equivalent.

A

True. Inherent filtration typically provides 0.5 to 1.0 mm of aluminum equivalent. This range represents the total amount of filtration (including the glass envelope, oil, and other internal components) that filters out lower-energy x-rays from the beam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
563
Q

Inherent filtration:
Decreases tissue contrast.

A

True. Beam hardening reduces contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
564
Q

Inherent filtration:
Beryllium has an atomic number of less than 10.

A

True: Beryllium has an atomic number of 4 and is used where inherent filtration must be minimized, e.g. in mammography.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
565
Q

Inherent filtration:
It includes the oil surrounding the tube.

A

True. The total amount of filtration (including the glass envelope, oil, and other internal components) that filters out lower-energy x-rays from the beam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
566
Q

The effective focal spot used in fluoroscopy is usually less than 1mm.

A

True.

The effective focal spot used in fluoroscopy is usually 0.5 - 1mm.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
567
Q

The intensity of the x-ray beam is greatest when perpendicular to the incident electron beam.

A

True - No Anode angle!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
568
Q

A tungsten-rhenium alloy does not roughen with use as much as a pure tungsten anode.

A

True: Rhenium is added to prevent cracking of the TUNGSTEN anode.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
569
Q

The thermal rating of the tube increases as the kV is increased.

A

False. Decreases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
570
Q

The maximum photon energy in the spectrum of x-rays from an x-ray set is influenced by:

The peak tube potential (kV).
Filtration.
Tube current (mA).
Target material.
The tube potential waveform.

A

The peak tube potential (kV) only!!

NOT:
Filtration.
Tube current (mA).
Target material.
The tube potential waveform.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
571
Q

X-ray film density refers to

A

the degree of blackening or darkness of the developed radiographic film. It is a measure of how much light is transmitted through the film after exposure and development. The greater the film density, the darker the film appears.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
572
Q

If on taking an x-ray, the exposure (mAs) is set to keep the film density constant, then:
An increase in tube potential (kV) will reduce the effective dose to the patient.

A

True: As mAs decreases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
573
Q

If on taking an x-ray, the exposure (mAs) is set to keep the film density constant, then:

Using a faster film screen combination will reduce the effective dose to the patient.

A

True. A faster film-screen combination has greater sensitivity to radiation, meaning it requires less exposure (lower mAs) to achieve the same film density. As a result, less radiation is required, reducing the effective dose to the patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
574
Q

If on taking an x-ray, the exposure (mAs) is set to keep the film density constant, then:

Selecting a smaller focal spot will not affect the patient dose.

A

True. The size of the focal spot mainly affects image sharpness and resolution, not the patient dose. A smaller focal spot provides better resolution, but it does not increase the dose. The dose is more directly influenced by factors like mAs, kV, and filtration

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
575
Q

If on taking an x-ray, the exposure (mAs) is set to keep the film density constant, then:

Increasing the x-ray field size will increase effective dose to the patient.

A

True!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
576
Q

If on taking an x-ray, the exposure (mAs) is set to keep the film density constant, then:

Increasing the exposure time might result in increased patient dose.

A

True!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
577
Q

The thermal rating of an x-ray tube used in diagnostic radiology:
Is limited by the maximum allowable filament current at high kV.

A

FALSE. TUBE Current is limited not Filament current.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
578
Q

XRay Tube rating

A

Tube ratings are the defined input parameters (kVp, mA, exposure) that can be safely used during its operation without causing damage to the x-ray tube itself and unique to each individual x-ray tube model. An x-ray tube rating is the maximum allowable kilowatts (kW) in 0.1 second 2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
579
Q

The thermal rating of an x-ray tube used in diagnostic radiology:

Is greater when operated at full-wave rectification compared to half-wave at an exposure of 0.1 sec.

A

FALSE. Full wave rectification = higher tube current = more heating

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
580
Q

The thermal rating of an x-ray tube used in diagnostic radiology: Is influenced by anode angle.

A

True. Larger angle = larger spread of electron beam and subsequent heating

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
581
Q

The thermal rating of an x-ray tube used in diagnostic radiology: Increases if the speed of rotation decreases.

A

False. Slower heat dissipation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
582
Q

The thermal rating of an x-ray tube used in diagnostic radiology:

Is, with respect to multiple exposures, dependent on the weight of the anode.

A

True:
Anode Mass and Heat Capacity: The weight (mass) of the anode directly influences its heat capacity—that is, how much heat it can absorb and dissipate without sustaining damage. A heavier anode can absorb and store more heat, which is especially important during multiple exposures or continuous operation. This means that the x-ray tube with a heavier anode has a higher thermal rating and can handle more exposures before reaching its thermal limit.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
583
Q
  1. Regarding x-ray tube ratings:
    Only thermal ratings are important.
A

FALSE.

While thermal ratings are crucial in determining how much heat an x-ray tube can handle, they are not the only important ratings.

Electrical ratings (e.g., tube voltage, current) and mechanical ratings (e.g., anode speed) are also critical in ensuring the tube operates safely and effectively.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
584
Q

Regarding x-ray tube ratings:
During screening, the heat capacity of the tube housing limits the maximum tube current at a given kVp.

A

False:
The anode heat storage capacity is the limiting factor.
The tube housing heat capacity is much higher.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
585
Q

Regarding x-ray tube ratings:
At very short exposures, three phase rectified x-ray tubes are rated higher than full-wave rectified tubes.

A

True.
At very short exposure times, three-phase rectified x-ray tubes generally have higher ratings compared to full-wave rectified tubes because of the significantly lower voltage ripple in three-phase systems, allowing for higher instantaneous power delivery during short exposures

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
586
Q

Regarding x-ray tube ratings:
When multiple short exposures are taken, more heat may arise from the anode motor than from x-ray production.

A

True.
During multiple short exposures, especially in rapid succession, the rotating anode motor can generate more heat than the x-ray production itself. This is because the motor, which is responsible for rotating the anode, requires energy, and that energy is dissipated as heat. This is especially noticeable in high-speed rotations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
587
Q

Regarding x-ray tube ratings:
A rotating anode has improved efficiency of heat production compared with a stationary anode.

A

False: Regardless of the type of anode, the efficiency of heat production is largely similar - with over 99% of energy lost as heat.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
588
Q

The heat rating of an x-ray tube:
Decreases as the kV is increased.

A

True. Increasing kV increases tube current.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
589
Q

The heat rating of an x-ray tube:
Increases as exposure time is lengthened.

A

False. It gets hotter with longer exposurese.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
590
Q

The heat rating of an x-ray tube:
Is greater for a high speed anode.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
591
Q

The heat rating of an x-ray tube:
Is greater for a stationary anode than for a rotating one.

A

False. Faster heat dissipation with rotation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
592
Q

The heat rating of an x-ray tube:
Increases with an increase in effective focal spot size.

A

When you increase anode angle - you increase actual focal spot size = larger surface area to dissipate heat.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
593
Q

Regarding intensifying screens:
The light production efficiency of a calcium tungstate intensifying screen is 5%.

A

True: Light production efficiency of a calcium tungstate screen is only 5%, while rare earth screens are better at 20%.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
594
Q

Regarding intensifying screens:
Calcium tungstate emits blue light.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
595
Q

Regarding intensifying screens:
They emit electrons when bombarded with x-rays.

A

True: Intensifying screens are fluorescent and emit light when x-rays strike. However, they also emit electrons because x-rays undergo Compton scatter and photoelectric absorption in detector materials.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
596
Q

Regarding intensifying screens:
The intensification factor is not related to patient dose.

A

False: As intensification factor increases, the dose needed to produce an adequate image reduces.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
597
Q

Regarding intensifying screens:
Shorter exposures can be used.

A

True: Thus minimizing movement unsharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
598
Q

When x-rays are generated at 50kV using a tungsten target and aluminium filter:
The maximum photon energy will be 50keV.

A

True: The given kV for a tube describes its maximum photon energy. The maximum photon energy cannot be above this.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
599
Q

When x-rays are generated at 50kV using a tungsten target and aluminium filter:
The spectrum will have its maximum intensity at 50keV.

A

False: Remembering the characteristic x-ray spectrum, the mean photon energy is usually about a third of its maximum energy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
600
Q

When x-rays are generated at 50kV using a tungsten target and aluminium filter:
Characteristic radiation from the tube is NOT present in the radiation emitted from the tube.

A

True: Characteristic radiation only occurs when the photon energy is high enough.
Tungsten K edge 69.5 keV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
601
Q

When x-rays are generated at 50kV using a tungsten target and aluminium filter:
X-ray output (dose per mAs) will be decreased if the filter thickness is increased.

A

True: If filter thickness increases, more low energy photons are removed from the beam, therefore the area under the curve decreases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
602
Q

When x-rays are generated at 50kV using a tungsten target and aluminium filter:
The K-edge of the filter is important in shaping the x-ray spectrum.

A

Tungsten K edge 69.5 keV. As energy below k shell binding energy - irrelevant as a K edge filter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
603
Q

Radiographic contrast would increase if:
kV is increased

A

False: Scatter increases with increased kV therefore reducing contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
604
Q

Radiographic contrast would increase if:
Compression is applied.

A

True: Thinner section of tissue is imaged so less scatter is produced giving improved contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
605
Q

Radiographic contrast would increase if:
A grid is used.

A

True: Reduces scatter reaching the film, improving contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
606
Q

Radiographic contrast would increase if:
Field size is limited.

A

True: Reduced field size therefore reduces scatter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
607
Q

Radiographic contrast would increase if:
mAs decreases

A

False :As mAs decreases, radiographic contrast reduces.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
608
Q

In radiography, image unsharpness may be affected by
Geometric magnification.
Focal spot size.

A

Both True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
609
Q

The following factors would be expected to lead to a loss of sharpness in a film screen system: A shorter exposure time

A

False: This reduces motion unsharpness

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
610
Q

The following factors would be expected to lead to a loss of sharpness in a film screen system: Increased focal spot size

A

True: Increased focal spot size increases geometric unsharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
611
Q

The following factors would be expected to lead to a loss of sharpness in a film screen system: Increased magnification.

A

True: Magnification increases geometric unsharpness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
612
Q

Geometrical unsharpness is influenced by:
Focus-film distance.
Focal spot size.
The thickness of the patient
The object-film distance.

A

Focus-film distance. True
Focal spot size. True - Changes penumbra
The thickness of the patient. False Affects contrast but not unsharpness.
The object-film distance. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
613
Q

Unsharpness will be masked by low contrast.

A

True: Unsharpness is more noticeable when there is high contrast.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
614
Q

Geometric unsharpness is reduced by keeping magnification as low as possible.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
615
Q

Motion unsharpness may be caused by tube movement.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
616
Q

Comparing x-ray mammography with conventional film screen radiography:
X-rays with a lower mean photon energy are used.

A

True: Tube maximum is 35Kv.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
617
Q

Comparing x-ray mammography with conventional film screen radiography:
A shorter focus-film distance is used.

A

True: 65-66cm FFD.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
618
Q

Comparing x-ray mammography with conventional film screen radiography:
Shorter exposure times are used.

A

False: Longer since kV is low mAs must increase for an adequate image.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
619
Q

Comparing x-ray mammography with conventional film screen radiography:
A larger focal spot is used.

A

False: Normal radiography uses a 1mm focal spot, mammography uses less than 0.3mm.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
620
Q

Comparing x-ray mammography with conventional film screen radiography:
An anti-scatter grid is less likely to be used.

A

False: Moving grids are used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
621
Q

In a mammographic x-ray set with a molybdenum target:
B. The typical tube potential for mammographic exposures is about 35kV.

A

False. Typical range for mammography is 24-32kV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
622
Q

In a mammographic x-ray set with a molybdenum target:
The x-ray spectrum is generally dominated by characteristic radiation.

A

True: A molybdenum filter removes part of the continuous spectrum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
623
Q

In a mammographic x-ray set with a molybdenum target:
The anode does not rotate.

A

False. The Anode rotates.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
624
Q

In a mammographic x-ray set with a molybdenum target:
The radiation detector for the automatic exposure control is between the grid and the cassette.

A

False: The AEC sits in front of both the grid and the cassette.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
625
Q

In a mammographic x-ray set with a molybdenum target:
The filter may also be molybdenum.

A

True: Combinations include MoMo,TRh, MoRh.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
626
Q

When compression is used in mammography:
It reduces the dose to the breast.

A

True: The tissue thickness being imaged is reduced so scatter is reduced, thus reducing dose.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
627
Q

When compression is used in mammography:
It reduces the proportion of scattered radiation reaching the film screen.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
628
Q

When compression is used in mammography:
Its prime purpose is to immobilize the patient.

A

False: To reduce thickness / scatter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
629
Q

When compression is used in mammography:
It reduced the total volume of the breast.

A

False: The volume of the breast cannot be changed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
630
Q

When compression is used in mammography:
he applied force must be less than 50N (5kg force)

A

Foce applied during a mammogram typically ranges between 100 and 200 Newtons (N)
10-20Kg

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
631
Q

Mammography:
Maximum image contrast is obtained at photon energies of 50-60keV.

A

False: Lower keV is used with maximum tube voltage of about 30keV.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
632
Q

Mammography:
The characteristic radiation of a molybdenum target occurs at 17.5 and 19.5 keV.

A

True.
The characteristic radiation of a molybdenum target occurs at 17.5 and 19.5 keV.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
633
Q

Mammography:
The molybdenum filter attenuates the characteristic radiation produced by a molybdenum target.

A

False: The filter is used to attenuate most of the continuous spectrum and leaves the characteristic radiation.The filter is relatively transparent to its own characteristic radiation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
634
Q

Mammography:
General mammography uses a focal spot of 1 mm.

A

False: Focal spot is <0.3mm and for magnification 0.1mm.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
635
Q

Mammography:
The average dose per mammogram to glandular breast tissue is 2mGy.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
636
Q
  1. The intrinsic resolution in computed radiography (CR) is limited by:
    A Pixel size.
    B. Scattering of laser light in the phosphor layer.
    C. Thickness of the phosphor layer.
    D. Diameter of the scanning laser beam.
    E. Orientation of the x-ray beam.
A

A Pixel size. True
B. Scattering of laser light in the phosphor layer. True
C. Thickness of the phosphor layer. True
D. Diameter of the scanning laser beam. True
E. Orientation of the x-ray beam. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
637
Q

Compared to standard image plates (IPs), high resolution image plates (HRIPs) require a lower x-ray dose to produce an image.

A

False: A high resolution IP comprises a thinner layer of finer phosphor crystals and usually does not include a light reflection layer. HRIPs are reserved for examinations demanding high spatial resolution. High resolution imaging plates have lower fractional x-ray absorption efficiency and therefore demand a higher x-ray dose than standard lPs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
638
Q

CR: A photostimulable phosphor plate is used as the image plate (IP).

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
639
Q

CR: Absorption of an energetic x-ray photon gives electrons sufficient energy to jump from a conduction band into a valence band.

A

False: After the absorption of x-ray photons, electrons jump from the valence band into the conduction band.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
640
Q

CR: Electrons can decay into traps after promotion.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
641
Q

CR: High resolution image plates have high fractional x-ray absorption efficiency compared to standard IPs.

A

False: HRIPs have lower fractional x-ray absorption efficiency compared to standard lPs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
642
Q

CR: Laser light can give trapped electrons enough energy to leave energy traps.

A

True: This is how the phosphor plate is read with a laser beam scanning to and fro across the plate.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
643
Q

CR: The stimulated emission signal in CR has a very low intensity.

A

True: The signal photons have to be collected with a photomultiplier.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
644
Q

CR: Photostimulable plates used in plain radiography are cheap and of single use.

A

False:The plates are expensive and can be reused.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
645
Q

CR: The dose latitude (dynamic range) of CR systems is in the order of 100:1. 1.DDOO: 1

A

False: the dynamic range of CR systems is in the order of 10^4:1 (10,000:1).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
646
Q

CR: Using CR system results in a lower rate of repeat exposures.

A

True: Due to the high dynamic range of CR systems, there is more consistent acquisition of images with lower occurrence of incorrectly (over or under) exposed images.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
647
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The commonly used storage phosphor comprises barium fluorohalide crystals activated with divalent europium ions.

A

True:The commonly used storage phosphor is BaFX:Eu2+. X stands for a specific mix of halogen atoms selected from bromine, iodine, and possibly chlorine atoms.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
648
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs): A laser beam is passed across an exposed plate to read the image.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
649
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The image is read by continuous sampling.

A

False: The image from an IP is read by discrete sampling.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
650
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
Plate reading can take place a long while after the image is taken.

A

False: Electrons will relax to their ground states from their metastable states as soon as a relaxation mechanism presents itself. If the IP is not read in good time, the image quality will degrade.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
651
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The density of the image depends on the exposure factors used.

A

False: The image density is independent of the exposure factors used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
652
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
A CR IP deteriorates over time due to laser desensitization.

A

False: The degradation of the IP is due to desensitization of the phosphor screen.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
653
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs): The trapped electrons returning to their valence band release light photons of the same wavelength.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
654
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The modulation transfer function (MTF) is measured in line pairs per millimeter.

A

False: MTF is measured in line pairs cm-1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
655
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The x-ray absorption efficiency of PSP is much higher compared to that of film screen systems.

A

False: The x-ray absorption efficiency of PSP is usually lower than film screen systems.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
656
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
PSPs rarely produce image artefacts.

A

False: PSPs become worn or scratched with use and have to be replaced.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
657
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The latent image stored on a plate can decay if not read promptly.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
658
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The speed at which the plate is read depends on developer concentration.

A

FALSE. Developers are not used for image production in computed or digital radiography.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
659
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
Resolution is affected by the thickness of the photostimulable phosphor layer.

A

True: A thicker phosphor layer causes more scatter, therefore reducing resolution.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
660
Q

Regarding photostimulable phosphor plates (PSPs):
The relative exposure versus output signal plot is a straight line.

A

True: Image parameters such as windowing can be altered during post processing

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
661
Q

Calcium tungstate is regularly used as storage phosphor in the PSP plates used in digital radiography.

A

False: Calcium tungstate was used in film screen radiography in the past.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
662
Q

Spatial resolution of a standard CR system is significantly higher than that of competing film screen combination

A

False: Significantly lower.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
663
Q

Spatial resolution of a standard CR system depends on:
B. Diameter of the scanning laser beam.
C. Mean size of phosphor crystals.
D. Sampling interval (pixel spacing).
E. Spread of light as the laser beam penetrates the IP during readout.

A

B. Diameter of the scanning laser beam. True
C. Mean size of phosphor crystals. True
D. Sampling interval (pixel spacing). True
E. Spread of light as the laser beam penetrates the IP during readout. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
664
Q

Wuantum mottle in computed radiography:
It is directly proportional to the square of photon fluence incident upon the image plate (N).

A

False. It is inversely proportional to the square root of photon fluence incident upon the image plate (N).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
665
Q

Quantum mottle in computed radiography:
It is directly proportional to the square of the fractional x-ray absorption efficiency (TJ).

A

False. It is inversely proportional to the square root of the fractional x-ray absorption efficiency (TJ).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
666
Q

Quantum mottle in computed radiography:
It is inversely proportional to the square root of photon fluence incident upon the image plate (N).

A

TRUE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
667
Q

Quantum mottle in computed radiography:
It is inversely proportional to the square root of the fractional x-ray absorption efficiency (TJ).

A

TRUE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
668
Q

Regarding digital radiography:
The charge coupled device converts photons into an electronic signal.

A

TRUE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
669
Q

Quantum mottle in computed radiography:
It refers to the noise that arises from the random fluctuation in the count of_x ray quanta absorbed in the image plate to form the primary image.

A

TRUE.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
670
Q

Regarding digital radiography:
The input phosphor is coupled to the charge coupled device by fibre optics

A

True: The input phosphor is coupled to the charge coupled device (CCD) by fibre optics to increase efficiency.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
671
Q

Regarding digital radiography:
Both flat panel array detectors and charge coupled devices have dead areas.

A

True.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
672
Q

Regarding digital radiography:
Resolution on a flat panel array is limited to the width of the detector elements.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
673
Q

Regarding digital radiography:
Image windowing can be altered after the image has been taken.

A

True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
674
Q
  1. The following are true of analogue images:
    A. The image is made up of numerous screen pixels.
    B. Can easily be stored directly on a computer:
    C. Can be recorded onto a magnetic tape.
    D. It is used in CT.
    E. Analogue images can be displayed on monitors.
A

Re: Analogue images:
A. The image is made up of numerous screen pixels. False
B. Can easily be stored directly on a computer. False.
C. Can be recorded onto a magnetic tape. True
D. It is used in CT. False.
E. Analogue images can be displayed on monitors. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
675
Q

The following are true of digital images:

A. The digital image is made up of pixels.
B. Each pixel is given a number which gives its greyscale level.
C. Each pixel is given a number which gives its point on the screen.

A

Re digital images:

A. The digital image is made up of pixels. True
B. Each pixel is given a number which gives its greyscale level. True
C. Each pixel is given a number which gives its point on the screen. True

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
676
Q

The following are true of digital images:
The digital image can be directly displayed on a monitor:

A

False: It needs to be converted by a digital-analogue converter.

677
Q

The following are true of digital images:
Conventionally in image display, pixels with lower values are displayed darker than ones with higher values.

A

False: Conventionally, higher value pixels are displayed darker than lower value pixels.
ALWAYS START WITH WHITE

678
Q

Histogram analysis of a digital image involves plotting the frequency of pixels against pixel values.

679
Q

Histogram equalization is done to adjust for contrast differences in the digital image.

680
Q

Smoothing or blurring of features in the processed image is done by high pass filtering.

A

False. LOW PASS filters high frequencies leading to the smoothing or blurring of features.

681
Q

Vignetting is done to improve diagnostic accuracy.

A

False: Vignetting is the phenomenon of losing light photons at the edge of an image. It is not used as a post-processing tool.

682
Q

Low pass filtering causes enhancement of edges in the image.

A

False. HIGH PASS allows edge enhacement.

683
Q
  1. Digital image acquisition and processing can be used by the following modalities:
    A. Single photon emission computed tomography.
    B. Magnetic resonance imaging.
    C. Computed tomography.
    D. Mammography.
    E. Positron emission tomography.
684
Q

In DSA: Enhanced vascular structures are seen together with bony and soft tissue structures.

A

False: In DSA, bones and soft tissue can be digitally subtracted.

685
Q

In DSA: The subtraction is done using a mask image.

686
Q

DSA does not require IV contrast administration.

687
Q

The mA used for the DSA is the same as that used for normal screening.

A

False: The mA used is higher compared to normal screening to reduce noise.

688
Q

In DSA: The main advantage of frame integration is the shorter exposure time.

A

False: Frame integration is a technique that was used in the past to decrease signal to noise ratio.This usually led to longer exposure times.

689
Q

Images can be transmitted from plate to screen without processing.

690
Q

Digital tomosynthesis is used to obtain images at varying depths.

A

True: Digital tomosynthesis is the digital equivalent of tomography.

691
Q

Quantum mottle is produced by high mAs.

A

Quantum mottle is produced by insufficient light photons or low mAs.

692
Q

Heat blur is caused by the DR receptor being exposed to intense heat

693
Q

Histogram error artefact is caused by the use of incorrect post-processing histogram.

694
Q
  1. Regarding artefacts in digital subtraction angiography:
    A Misregistration occurs due to structures in the mask image and contrast image not being in the same place.
    B. Misregistration can be caused by peristalsis.
    C. Misregistration can be resolved by moving the mask image.
    D. Misregistration can be caused by the patient’s breathing.
    E. Misregistration can be caused by cardiac motion.
695
Q

Thin film transistor (TFT) display screens are not suitable for use in diagnostic radiology.

A

False: TFT monitors are widely used.

696
Q

TFT monitors are a subtype of cathode ray tubes (CRT).

A

False:TFT monitors are a subtype of LCD (liquid crystal display) screens.

697
Q

TFT screens fare much worse compared to CRTs in detecting low contrast details.

A

False: In almost all studies,TFT screens were found to be as good as or better than CRT monitors.

698
Q

TFT screens use less power and a smaller foot print compared to most CRTs.

699
Q

Regarding solid state digital radiography (DR) detectors:
Each pixel area contains readout microcircuitry to make it possible to directly read the image out of the detector in electronic form.

700
Q

Regarding solid state digital radiography (DR) detectors:
Fill factor (FF) of the detector is the sensitive area of the pixel / occluded area of the
pixel.

A

False: The fill factor (FF) of the detector is the sensitive area of the pixel / overall area of the pixel (where the overall area of the pixel = sensitive area + occluded area).

701
Q

Regarding solid state digital radiography (DR) detectors:
The efficiency of signal recording is increased with increasing fill factor

702
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
Amorphous silicon doped with hydrogen (a-Si:H) is more sensitive to radiation damage than crystalline Si.

A

False: a-Si:H is more tolerant to radiation damage unlike crystalline Si.

703
Q

The greyscale resolution of a digital image is defined by the number of bits of information per pixel.

704
Q

In general, the fill factor falls as the pixel sampling interval is increased.

A

False: FF falls as the pixel sampling interval is reduced.

705
Q

The readout microcircuitry records light or electrical charge carriers and produces an analogue signal output.

A

True:The analogue signal is then digitized.

706
Q

Indirect conversion detectors have higher image noise for the same patient dose compared to direct conversion detectors.

A

False:There is lower image noise for the same patient dose with indirect conversion detectors.

707
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
The active matrix array (readout electronics) is manufactured from an amorphous form of silicon doped with hydrogen (a-Si:H).

708
Q

The term 8 bits corresponds to a choice of 256 greyscale values

A

True. 2^8 = 256

709
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
Most indirect conversion detectors use Csl:Tl (Caesium iodide:Thallium) as the scintillating layer.

710
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
The typical thickness of the scintillating layer is about 10 mm

A

False:About 500 micrometres.

711
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
In the read out process, the stimulating light and the output light need to be of the same wavelength.

A

False:The stimulating light and output light should be of different wavelengths (the former about 10^8 times larger).

712
Q

The fractional x-ray absorption of direct conversion detectors is better than that of indirect conversion detectors.

A

False: Indirect is better than direct.

713
Q

Indirect conversion DR detectors offer lower patient dose for the same image quality compared to direct conversion detectors.

714
Q

The modulation transfer function (MTF) of indirect conversion detectors is better than that of direct conversion detectors

A

FALSE. Direct has a better MTF.

715
Q

The spatial resolution of direct conversion detectors is better than that of indirect conversion detectors.

716
Q

DR Detectors: Defective pixels in the active matrix array cause bright or dark spots in the image.

717
Q

DR Detectors: Non-uniform variations in sensitivity of the x-ray absorption layer causes irregular shading across the image field.

718
Q

DR Detectors: Irregular shading can be corrected by pixel correction.

A

False. Irregular shading can be corrected by GRAIN correction.

719
Q

DR Detectors: DDefects in the pixel array can be corrected by gain correctio

A

FALSE. Defects in the pixel array can be corrected by PIXEL CORRECTION.

720
Q

DR Detectors: Artefacts are removed at the time of image acquisition

A

False: Artefacts are removed at the time of post-processing.

721
Q

Modification of the image greyscale using a look-up-table (LUT) might be done for the following reasons:
A. To vary the mean brightness of an image.
B. To compensate for the different intensity responses of display devices.

722
Q

Modification of the image greyscale using a look-up-table (LUT) might be done for the following reasons:
A. To increase the spatial resolution of small isolated structures.
B. To improve the sharpness of edges.
C. To improve the presentation of fine texture patterns.

723
Q

Spatial feature enhancement of images using an unsharp mask algorithm might be done for the following reasons:

A To increase the visibility of small isolated structures.
B. To improve the sharpness of edges.
C. To improve presentation of fine texture patterns.

724
Q

Spatial feature enhancement of images using an unsharp mask algorithm might be done for the following reasons:
A. To increase image contrast to improve the visibility of a subtle lesion.
b. To improve the presentation of the overall greyscale range.

A

FALSE. USE A LOOK UP TABLE (LUT)

725
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
In indirect conversion detectors, the latent image is read out one line at a time.

726
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
In direct conversion (DR) detectors, Hgl2 is used as the x-ray scintillator:

A

False: Direct conversion detectors do not use scintillators.

727
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
The most common photoconductor used in direct conversion detectors is amorphous Selenium (a-Se).

728
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
In direct conversion DR detectors, a metal electrode is coated on the external surface of the amorphous selenium.

729
Q

Regarding DR detectors:
The metal electrode is attached to a positive bias potential of 220V

A

False: 5000 Volts.

730
Q

In AMFP (active matrix flat panel) displays, the image is generated by scanning the phosphor screen with a focused beam of electrons.

A

False: This is how the image is produced in CRT displays.

731
Q

A CRT display uses two sheets of polarizing material.

A

False:This is a feature of AMFP displays.

732
Q

CRT monitor images are susceptible to a degradation in quality due to geometrical distortion.

733
Q

AMFP monitor images are susceptible to contrast loss

A

False: CRT monitors are susceptible to contrast loss.

734
Q

Displays: The polarizing properties of liquid crystal can be rotated in response to the magnitude of an applied electrical voltage

735
Q

DR: It is easy to asses whether the patient has been over- or underexposed by just looking at the display.

A

False: DR detectors have a wide latitude and post-processing ensures that the displayed image is optimized in terms of its greyscale presentation.

736
Q

DR: Detector dose indicators (DDIs) are special electronic devices incorporated into the detectors to measure patient dose.

A

False: DDI is determined from the signal from the plate averaged over a broad region of the plate.

737
Q

DR: DDIs are analogous to the optical density of films.

738
Q

DR: Hight or low detector dose indicators indicate over or under exposure

A

FALSE FOR BOTH. The definition of DDI is manufacturer dependent.

739
Q

DICOM definitions:
Modality worklist permits the retrieval of scheduling information for that modality and patient demographics from the radiology information system.

740
Q

DICOM definitions:
Modality push allows the system to store images to PACS

741
Q

DICOM definitions:
Modality push allows the modality to query PACS and to find out about previous images for the patient.

A

False: Modality push allows the system to store images to PACS.

742
Q

DICOM definitions:
Modality pull allows the system to store images to PACS.

A

False: Modality pull allows the modality to query PACS to find out about previous images for the patient.

743
Q

DICOM definitions:
Print service allows the modality to print to a network printer.

744
Q

DICOM definitions:
The modality performed procedure step provides information on whether the examination in the worklist is in progress or completed.

745
Q

Re: Imaging terminology
The modulation transfer function is the ratio of input modulation to output modulation.

A

False. Output: Input

746
Q

Re: Imaging terminology
The Nyquist criterion states that the sampling frequency must be at least twice the highest frequency present in the signal.

747
Q

Re: Imaging terminology
Nyquist frequency is equal to two times the sampling frequency

A

False: Nyquist frequency is equal to half the sampling frequency.

748
Q

Re: Imaging terminology
Aliasing will occur if the signal frequency is less than the Nyquist frequency.

A

False: Aliasing will occur if the signal frequency is more than the Nyquist frequency.

749
Q

Re: Imaging terminology
Nyquist frequency is the maximum signal frequency that can be accurately sampled

750
Q

In DSA: To achieve high resolution, large focal spot sizes are necessary.

A

False: As in conventional radiography, to achieve high resolution small focal spot sizes are necessary.

751
Q

In DSA: In modern DSA systems, it is not necessary to use the same frame as mask for each subtraction.

752
Q

In DSA: X-ray tubes with lower rating can be used in DSA.

A

False: The x-ray tubes used will have to be of a higher rating due to the necessity to produce multiple images rapidly.

753
Q

In DSA: Subtracted images have very high signal to noise ratio compared to non-subtracted images.

A

False: Subtracted images usually have a low signal to noise ratio compared to non­ subtracted images.

754
Q

A Digital mammography system offers a wider dynamic range compared to a film screen system.

755
Q

The spatial resolution with direct capture method is limited by the PIXEL SIZE and not to the thickness of the photoconductor.

756
Q

Digital mammography offers better spatial resolution than conventional film screen mammography.

A

False. The maximum resolution achievable with a digital detector is 5-9 line pairs per millimetre which is significantly lower than that of film-screen mammography

757
Q

The breast dose using a digital mammography system is higher than for the film screen mammography system

A

False. It is lower, mainly due to the inherently higher detection efficiency of digital detectors and the use of a harder x-ray beam at each breast thickness.

758
Q

Digital mammography is better than film mammography in screening women who are under the age 50.

759
Q

Fluoroscopy Image Intensifier:
Glass envelope contains inert argon gas.

A

False. Vaccum

760
Q

Fluoroscopy Image Intensifier:
The metal housing is designed to prevent stray light getting into the tube and to shield from magnetic fields.

761
Q

Fluoroscopy Image Intensifier:
The main components within the tube are the input screen, focusing electrodes and output screen.

762
Q

Fluoroscopy Image Intensifier:
The focusing electrodes are designed to channel photons from the input screen directly towards the output screen.

A

False: They focus the electron beam from the input screen onto the output screen.

763
Q

Fluoroscopy Image Intensifier:
The input screen is much larger than the output screen.

A

True. Hence the MINIFICATION GAIN.

764
Q

Input screen of an image intensifier must be perfectly flat for an undistorted image.

A

False. Its CURVED.

765
Q

IIs: The outer layer is the input phosphor and is usually caesium iodide.

766
Q

IIs: The inner side of the screen is the photocathode, which emits electrons when the x-ray beam hits it.

A

False: Photocathode emits electrons when light from the input phosphor hits it.

767
Q

IIs: The input phosphor is one large flat crystal.

A

False: It is a 0.1-0.4mm thick layer of needle-like Csl crystals arranged perpendicular to the screen to allow for internal light reflection.

768
Q

IIs: The input phosphor can pick up approximately 60% of the incoming x-ray photons.

769
Q

The II output screen:
Is usually 25-35mm in diameter.

770
Q

The II output screen:
Is a pure layer of silver-activated zinc-cadmium-sulphide.

A

False: To stop backscatter of light and act as the anode, a very thin layer of aluminium covers the screen.

771
Q

The II output screen:
Converts the electron beam into light.

A

True: Green light is produced.

772
Q

The II output screen:
Has an anode with a positive potential of approximately 25k\/.

773
Q

The II output screen:
E. Emits light bright enough to be seen with the naked eye.

774
Q

In an II, Electrons from the photocathode are accelerated towards the output screen via a series of dynodes.

A

False: Dynodes are used in photomultiplier tubes. In the image intensifier focusing electrodes ensure the spatial image is preserved from input to output screen.

775
Q

In an II, Approximately 100 000 light photons are emitted from the output screen for every x-ray photon detected.

776
Q

In an II, COutput is usually viewed directly by a TV camera.

A

True:A TV system results in minimal loss of information and the signal can be recorded to keep a record of the procedure.

777
Q

In an II, Reduced x-ray intensity at the centre of the screen causes increased brightness at the periphery of the image.

A

False: X-ray intensity is reduced at the periphery of the curved screen, so the periphery of the image is less bright (vignetting).

778
Q

In an II, conversion factor is the ratio of luminescence of the output phosphor to the input - exposure rate.

779
Q

The electron beam in an image intensifier:
Is accelerated from input to output screen.
Can be distorted by external electromagnetic fields
Is re-focused when a magnified field of view is selected.

780
Q

The electron beam in an image intensifier:
Contributes to brightness gain only through minification of the image.

A

False: It contributes through minification gain and also amplification (flux) gain (through the increase in energy due to acceleration).

781
Q

Brightness gain in an image intensifier:
Ratio of output phosphor brightness to input phosphor brightness.

782
Q

Brightness gain in an image intensifier:
Is only through minification of the image.

A

False: It is through electron acceleration (flux gain) and minification gain.

783
Q

Brightness gain in an image intensifier is approximately 50 x

A

False: It is more like 5000 (product of flux gain and minification gain).

784
Q

Brightness gain in an image intensifier:
Increases with increased voltage across the intensifier.

A

True:This increases electron acceleration, therefore increases flux gain and increases overall brightness gain.

785
Q

Brightness gain in an image intensifier: Increases if the output phosphor size is increased.

A

False: Increasing the output phosphor size reduces the minification gain and therefore reduces overall brightness gain.

786
Q

Image magnification in fluoroscopy:
Requires a change in the distance between input and output screens.

A

False: This distance is fixed.The voltage of the focusing electrodes.

Is changed to move the electron beam crossover point nearer to the input screen, so the central part if the input image fills the whole of the output phosphor.

787
Q

Image magnification in fluoroscopy:
Results in better resolution of the image than with the full field of view.

A

True, image magnification in fluoroscopy generally results in a better resolution of the image compared to using the full field of view, as it essentially zooms in on a smaller area, providing more detail within that region, although this often comes at the cost of increased radiation dose to the patient due to the need for higher exposure settings to maintain image quality

788
Q

Image magnification in fluoroscopy:
Does not require an alteration in exposure factors to maintain similar brightness of image compared to the full field of view.

A

False: The magnified view has reduced minification gain, therefore reduced brightness.To restore the brightness, exposure factors must be increased.

789
Q

Image magnification in fluoroscopy:
Results in increased patient skin dose.

A

True: Dose increases in order to maintain image brightness.

790
Q

Image magnification in fluoroscopy:
Is usually achieved by reducing the object to intensifier distance.

A

False: Although this will produce magnification, it is the re-focusing of the electron beam that produces the magnified image.

791
Q

Quantum noise in the image produced by an image intensifier: Is mostly due to thickness variation of the input phosphor.

A

False: This causes screen structure noise.

792
Q

Quantum noise is the predominant cause of overall noise in the II system.

793
Q

Quantum noise in the image produced by an image intensifier: Can be reduced by increasing the exposure rate.

A

True: Increased dose to the input phosphor means that the signal-to-noise ratio is increased.

794
Q

Quantum noise in the image produced by an image intensifier:

Is increased if the input screen is thicker.

A

False. More photons are detected.

795
Q

Quantum noise in the image produced by an image intensifier: Is more likely to compromise the quality of low-contrast images compared to high­ contrast images.

796
Q

In fluoroscopy, the TV camera:
Converts visual information from the output screen of the image intensifier into electronic form.

797
Q

In fluoroscopy, the TV camera:
Contains an electron beam from the cathode that is focused and directed by coils so that it scans the signal plate.

A

True, that’s how an overall works!

798
Q

In fluoroscopy, the TV camera: Contains a mesh anode that overlies the graphite signal plate.

A

True. Contains a mesh anode that overlies the graphite signal plate, which in turn overlies the insulated layer containing small globules of photoconductive material.

799
Q

In fluoroscopy, the TV camera:
Produces a voltage at the signal plate that is proportional to the intensity of light being scanned.

800
Q

In fluoroscopy, the TV camera:
Has a resolution that is better than the resolution of the image intensifier.

A

False: The image intensifier can resolve 4:–5 Ip mm-1 but the TV camera has a fixed number of scan lines and will never have better resolution than the intensifier: On the TV screen the resolution may be as low as 1.2 Ip mm-1.

801
Q

Fluoroscopy:
Uses digital processing, including noise-reduction or edge-enhancement, by a computer prior to display.

802
Q

Fluoroscopy:
Uses an automatic system to drive the film cassette into place ready for spot image acquisition.

A

False: That was the case for older analogue image intensifiers-modern ones take digital spot images at higher mA than for fluoroscopy, but using the same camera equipment.

803
Q

Fluoroscopy: Utilize fibre-optic connections between the output face of the intensifier and the
camera input.

A

True: Traditional lens systems are now being replaced by fibre-optics for improved light collection and improved geometrical integrity.

804
Q

Fluoroscopy: With charge coupled device (CCD) cameras that use amorphous silicon pixels to convert the incoming light into a digital signal, has rapid read-out of approximately 30 frames per second.

A

True: It is more efficient converting the light directly into a digital signal.

805
Q

Fluoroscopy: Eliminates the distortion across the field that is present in fluoroscopy images.

A

False: A test object will appear curved at the edges of the image.The curvature of the input screen attempts to minimize this. However it cannot completely be eliminated even with modern image processing.

806
Q

Fluoroscopy:
The focus to skin distance should not be less than 45cm.

A

True: For non-mobile equipment it should not be less than 30cm and ideally greater than 45cm.

807
Q

Fluoroscopy: Using the smallest field size results in improved spatial resolution.

A

True: The smaller field size is a magnified view and so has better resolution.

808
Q

Fluoroscopy:
The quantum sink in the formation of the image is the output phosphor.

A

False: Overall image quality is determined at the point in the image formation process where the number of photons that contribute to the image is THE LEAST.

This is the quantum sink and it is the INPUT PHOSPHOR for an II!

809
Q

Fluoroscopy: The tube is operated at a much lower tube current than in conventional radiography.

A

True: 25kV as opposed to around 80k\/.

Think about how long it is running for!

810
Q

Fluoroscopy: The maximum tube current is limited by the focal spot size.

A

False: It is limited by patient dose restrictions

811
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic brightness control:
Allows adjustments to be made in the brightness of the image solely by adjustment of the mA.

A

False: mA and/or kV may be adjusted to optimize image brightness.

812
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic brightness control:
Utilizes the brightness of the central portion of the image in order to optimize the image brightness.

A

True: In general the user will have centred the region of interest in the centre of the screen.

813
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic brightness control:
Takes as an input signal a measurement of the light intensity of the image intensifier
output screen.

814
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic brightness control:
May lead to poor image quality if the x-ray field extends beyond the patient.

A

The unattenuated part of the beam or result in a very bright portion of the image, leading to a darker image when the brightness is automatically adjusted

815
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic brightness control:
May produce an image with less quantum noise if the mAs are higher.

A

True: Although the dose will be higher to the patient.

816
Q

Vignetting in fluoroscopy: Is more marked with less curved input phosphor screens.

A

True:The greater curve of the input screen helps to focus the electron beam.

817
Q

Vignetting in fluoroscopy: Causes the image to be brighter centrally.

818
Q

Vignetting in fluoroscopy: Can be improved by strict quality control.

819
Q

Vignetting in fluoroscopy: Is due to electron loss from the periphery of the electron beam.

820
Q

Vignetting in fluoroscopy:

Is caused by non-uniform magnification across the intensifier tube.

A

True: There is more magnification at the periphery of the image.

821
Q

Fluoroscopy dose rate at the input phosphor is
1 micro Gy s-1

822
Q

Fluoroscopy: Maximum entrance surface dose should not exceed 100 mGy min-1

823
Q

Fluoroscopy: Skin dose may be up to 10 times higher than the dose at the input phosphor.

A

False: It can be 300 times higher:

824
Q

Fluoroscopy: A spot image taken during fluoroscopy has a dose of 10 micro Gy per frame.

A

False: 1 micro Gy per frame.

825
Q

Fluoroscopy: The Health and Safety Executive must be informed if the patient dose is five times the intended dose.

A

True: The HSE must be informed if the dose is between 10 times that intended.

826
Q

Subtraction techniques in fluoroscopy:
No need to take a mask image if energy subtraction is used.

A

True:The rapid switching between a low and high kV avoids the need for a mask image.

827
Q

Subtraction techniques in fluoroscopy:
There can be significant movement blur in the images produced by dual energy subtraction.

A

False: The high- and low-kV images are produced simultaneously.

828
Q

Subtraction techniques in fluoroscopy:
In digital subtraction angiography very high doses of contrast medium are required for adequate visualization of vessels adjacent to bony structures

A

False: Lower doses can be used, as there is good vessel clarity once the bones and overlying soft tissues have been digitally subtracted.

829
Q

Subtraction techniques in fluoroscopy:
Exposure factors must be kept constant for the mask and the contrast images in digital subtraction imaging.

830
Q

Subtraction techniques in fluoroscopy:
Time interval differencing can be used in cardiac imaging to produce subtracted images
timed to the cardiac cycle.

A

True: Images are produced as the difference between images separated by a fixed interval of time, rather than all from the same mask image.

831
Q

In DSA: An image without contrast medium is electronically added to an image with contrast.

A

False:The image without contrast is subtracted from the image with contrast

832
Q

In DSA: The mask image is taken prior to administration of contrast.

833
Q

In DSA: The signal-to-noise ratio is increased following subtraction.

A

False: Signal-to-noise ratio is reduced following subtraction.

834
Q

In DSA: Post-processing using pixel shift can help eliminate motion artefact.

835
Q

In DSA: Frame integration is a form of post-processing where several frames are summed to form the final image.

A

True: Retrospective summation of several frames improves the signal-to-noise ratio in the final image.

836
Q

Regarding quality control in fluoroscopy:
Automatic brightness control is tested with the grid.

A

False: The grid checks for image distortion. Brightness of the light output from the intensifier and TV monitor are assessed, but as deterioration in performance in the system can be masked by automatic brightness control, x-ray output must be measured.

837
Q

Regarding quality control in fluoroscopy:
Limiting resolution can be measured with a line pair phantom.

838
Q

Regarding quality control in fluoroscopy:
Contrast resolution can be tested with a Leeds test object containing varying sizes and contrasts of high atomic number material

839
Q

Regarding quality control in fluoroscopy:
A lag of 1ms is typical for modern image intensifiers.

840
Q

Regarding quality control in fluoroscopy:
Vignetting should be less than 25%.

841
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Utilize amorphous silicon detectors with caesium iodide scintillators.

842
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Have equivalent detective quantum efficiency to image intensifiers

A

True: About 65%.

843
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Display more limited image contrast than an image intensifier can through a TV system.

A

False: Contrast resolution is limited through a TV system, but via a digital detector is much greater and makes use of the 14-bit depth that is typically available.

844
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Display good spatial resolution of up to 20 Ip mm-1.

A

FALSE.

Resolution is better than standard image intensifiers,
but with a pixel size of about 150µm, it will be about 3 Ip mm-1.

845
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Provide undistorted displayed images compared to standard image intensifier images.

A

True: As the detector is flat

846
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Dynamic range is better than with conventional image intensifiers.

847
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
The image produced is rectangular in shape.

A

True:The image displayed is the same shape as the detector.

848
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
Image noise is reduced by using a smaller field of view.

A

False: Image noise is unaffected by a change in the field size.

849
Q

Digital flat plate detectors in fluoroscopy:
X-rays are directly converted to an electrical signal without the need for light production.

A

False: Light is produced by the caesium iodide scintillator and then detected by the amorphous silicon detectors.

850
Q

Patient doses in fluoroscopy can be reduced by:
Careful collimation around the region of interest.
Low pulse rate digital fluoroscopy.
Digital image acquisition rather than conventional film.

851
Q

Patient doses in fluoroscopy can be reduced by:
Using magnified views.

A

False:Although the volume of patient irradiated is smaller, exposure factors are increased to compensate for the smaller minification of the magnified field of view.

852
Q

Patient doses in fluoroscopy can be reduced by: Using an over couch x-ray tube.

A

FALSE. DOSE IS HIGHER WITH OVERCOUCH due to BACKSCATTER

853
Q

The radiation exposure rate is lower for fluoroscopy than for radiography.

A

True: For example, fluoroscopy of a typical adult abdomen requires 45mGy/min. For an abdominal radiograph, entrance skin exposure is approximately 3mGy with an exposure time of 200ms and an exposure rate of 900mGy/min.

854
Q

The total exposure dose for a radiograph is lower than fluoroscopy.

A

True: This is because in fluoroscopy despite having a lower exposure rate, the total exposure time is extended for the whole examination.

855
Q

Over-table tube configurations result in increased radiation exposure for the operator than under-table tube systems.

A

True: As the scattered radiation from the patient is more concentrated in the direction towards the x-ray tube.

856
Q

The biplane fluoroscopic system uses a single image intensifier to create 2 separate images.

A

False: Biplane systems use two separate imaging chains so that it is possible to record two projections (e.g. frontal and lateral) simultaneously.

857
Q

Filtration is not used in fluoroscopy.

A

False: Filtration is added to attenuate low-energy x-rays from the beam. Aluminium is most commonly used.

858
Q

Regarding collimation in fluoroscopy: It increases the exposed tissue volume.

A

False. Opposite.

859
Q

Regarding collimation in fluoroscopy: Collimation is usually made automatically so that it is no larger than the field of view (FOY).

A

True: Although, it is often useful for the operator to further collimate the beam to the area of clinical interest.

860
Q

Regarding collimation in fluoroscopy: It reduces scatter production.

861
Q

Regarding collimation in fluoroscopy: It reduces image contrast.

A

False: It improves image contrast by reducing scatter.

862
Q

Regarding collimation in fluoroscopy: It reduces glare from unattenuated radiation near the edge of the patient’s body.

863
Q

Regarding equalization filters: They are totally radio-opaque.

A

Equalization filters are partially radiolucent blades that are used to provide further beam shaping in addition to collimation.

864
Q

Regarding equalization filters: They are the same as collimators.

A

False. Equalization filters are partially radiolucent blades that are used to provide further beam shaping in addition to collimation.

865
Q

Regarding equalization filters: They are also known as wedge filters.

A

True:They are also known as contour filters.

866
Q

Regarding equalization filters: They reduce glare from unattenuated radiation near the edge of the patient.

867
Q

Regarding equalization filters: They are made of lead-rubber or lead-acrylic sheets.

868
Q

An image intensifier converts incident x-rays into a minified image.

869
Q

An image intensifier amplifies image brightness for better visibility.

870
Q

IIs: The input layer converts electrons into a visible image.

A

False:That is the function of an output layer: Input layer converts x-rays into electrons.

871
Q

IIs: Electron lenses work to accelerate electrons.

A

False: Electron lenses are used to focus electrons.

872
Q

All components of the image intensifier are contained within a vacuum.

873
Q

Intermittent fluoroscopy is a dose reduction method in fluoroscopy

874
Q

Removal of grid is a dose reduction method in fluoroscopy

A

True: The use of a grid increases the dose, but it is used primarily to increase contrast and image quality.

875
Q

Last image hold is a dose reduction method in fluoroscopy

A

True:The last image is ‘digitally frozen’ so that the operator can look more closely at the last image without having to continually expose the patient.

876
Q

Image magnification reduces dose in fluoroscopy

A

FALSE. INCREASES DOSE

877
Q

Dose spreading is a dose reduction method in fluoroscopy

A

True: A reduction of the maximum skin dose can be achieved by rotating the fluoroscope but remaining centred on the area of interest and therefore the maximum dose is spread over a broader area of patient’s skin.

878
Q

Regarding the image intensifier: It intercepts the x-ray photons and converts them into visible light photons.

879
Q

Regarding the image intensifier: The visible light photons converted from x-ray photons are amplified.

880
Q

Regarding the image intensifier: It creates a large intensification in luminance at the output screen compared with that at the input screen.

881
Q

Regarding the image intensifier: The image intensifier is located opposite the x-ray tube.

882
Q

Regarding the image intensifier: The larger the image intensifier; the higher the cost.

883
Q

The following are artefacts in fluoroscopy: Lag

A

True: This is a persistence of luminescence after x-ray has been stopped.

884
Q

The following are artefacts in fluoroscopy: Vignetting

A

True: This results from an unequal collection of light at the centre compared to the periphery.

885
Q

The following are artefacts in fluoroscopy: Veiling glare

A

True:This is from scattering light and a defocusing of photoelectrons

886
Q

The following are artefacts in fluoroscopy: Pincushion distortion.

A

True: This is a geometric, non-linear magnification across the image that results from a magnification difference at the periphery of the image.

887
Q

The following are artefacts in fluoroscopy: S Distorsion

A

True: External electromagnetic sources affect electron paths at the periphery of the image intensifier more than at the centre and can cause the image distortion in an S-shape.

888
Q

Fluoroscopy: For still images, the best resolution can be achieved using a film screen combination with a spot film device.

889
Q

Fluoroscopy: Photospot cameras allow more rapid multiple-exposure sequences at a lower radiation dose than spot film.

890
Q

Fluoroscopy: A photospot camera obtains a smaller image size than a spot film device.

891
Q

For recording motion, cine fluorography gives the highest resolution images.

892
Q

For recording motion, cine fluorography gives the highest dose rates.

A

True: Cine fluorography gives the highest resolution but also the highest dose rates compared with videotape recording of high-resolution TV.

893
Q

DSA: The subtraction process reduces image noise.

A

False: Subtraction process increases image noise, but the perception of low-contrast vessels is increased due to the removal of distracting background tissue

894
Q

DSA: With proper calibration, quantitative data can be measured.

A

True: It is common practice to measure the degree of stenosis, for example.

895
Q

DSA: A road map cannot be used in conjunction with live fluoroscopic images.

A

False: The idea of road mapping is to provide an overlay of a static image (such as that of the vasculature) over the real-time images. In addition, ‘image fade’ allows the operator to manually adjust the brightness of the static vessel road map overlay.

896
Q

DSA: To image the entire peripheral vasculature using the stepping table technique, the imaging gantry is fixed while the patient table moves the area of interest into the field of view.

897
Q

DSA: E. To image the entire peripheral vasculature using the stepping gantry technique, the patient table is fixed while the imaging gantry moves the field of view over the area of interest.

898
Q

DSA: Mask pixel shift is a technique used to re-register pre- and post-contrast images.

A

True: This may help if the patient has moved between pre- and post-contrast images.

899
Q

DSA: Image summation is useful when the frame rates are too slow during contrast injection.

A

False: Imaging frames may occur so rapidly that only part of contrast filled vessel is captured. Summation is used so that a complete vessel segment filled with contrast is obtained within a single image.

900
Q

DSA: Temporal frame averaging is used to decreased displayed image noise.

A

True: This is done by creating an average between the current and one or more previous frames.

901
Q

DSA: Adjustment of window widths and levels is not possible.

A

False: This can be done and is termed grey-scale processing.

902
Q

Fluoroscopy: Pulsed mode fluoroscopy offers much better spatio-temporal resolution than continuous mode fluoroscopy.

A

True: This is particularly evident when imaging rapidly moving anatomy, such as coronary vessels in cardiac angiography or structures within the young infant.

903
Q

Fluoroscopy: In the UK, the maximum entrance skin dose rate limit for a standard patient is 100mGy per minute.

A

True: Although in practice, a lower maximum dose rate limit of 50mGy per minute is more commonly adopted.

904
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) is the same as Automatic Exposure Control (AEC).

A

False: AEC is used in radiography.

905
Q

Fluoroscopy: The purpose of ABC is to maintain stable viewing conditions independent of patient size, body sections, and projection angle.

906
Q

Fluoroscopy: The operator should not manually adjust collimation as this is done automatically.

A

False: Manually adjusting collimation on to the clinical region of interest is good practice to reduce dose.

907
Q

Staff dose in the fluoroscopy suite:
Leakage from x-rays from tube housing is typically 5 µGy/hr at 1m distance.

A

True. Limit is 1 mGy/hr at 1m

908
Q

Staff dose in the fluoroscopy suite:
X-rays scatter from the patient accounts for most of stray radiation.

909
Q

Staff dose in the fluoroscopy suite:
Secondary scatter from structures in the room accounts for most of stray radiation.

A

False. X-rays scatter from the patient accounts for most of stray radiation.

910
Q

Staff dose in the fluoroscopy suite: X-ray scatter intensity is greater on the beam exit side of the patient.

A

False: It is much greater on the beam entrance side of the patient. (BACKSCATTER)

911
Q

Staff dose in the fluoroscopy suite:
At 1m from the patient, the scatter is typically about 1% of the patient entrance dose rate.

A

False: It is typically about 0.1% of patient entrance dose rate at 1m.

912
Q

Fluoroscopy: Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) keeps the IMAGE INTENSIFIER entrance dose rate the same for patients of different sizes.

913
Q

Fluoroscopy: ABC keeps the brightness of the output display constant independent of image intensifier entrance dose rate

914
Q

Fluoroscopy: The patient entrance dose rate is reduced by increasing the thickness of a copper beam spectral filter.

915
Q

The patient entrance dose rate is increased by reducing the fluoroscopy pulse rate from 30 to 15 frames per second.

A

False: Patient entrance dose rate is reduced by reducing the fluoroscopy pulse rate from 30 to 15 frames per second

916
Q

Fluoroscopy: Selecting zoom view increases the patient entrance dose rate.

917
Q

Regarding the image intensifier television (IITV) system:
It uses optical lenses to transfer images from II output screen to television sensor

918
Q

Regarding the image intensifier television (IITV) system:
The primary lens is located adjacent to the TV camera sensor.

A

False: The primary lens is located adjacent to the II output screen.

919
Q

Regarding the image intensifier television (IITV) system:
A circular iris is located between the primary lens and the TV lens.

920
Q

Regarding the image intensifier television (IITV) system:
A circular iris aperture of adjustable diameter is normally used to calibrate the light intensity illuminating the image recording device.

A

True: The iris aperture is also used to compensate for some fall in II gain when a zoom field is selected.

921
Q
  1. The following are examples ofTV sensors used in fluoroscopy:
    A. Vidicon.
    B. Plumbicon.
    C. Chainicon.
    D. Saticon.
    E. CCD solid-state sensor
A

ALL TRUE

All are examples of various TV sensors and differ in terms of contrast, spatial resolution, lag, and target burn resistance. Solid-state charge coupled device (CCD) sensors are superseding the traditional electronic camera tube as the preferred image recording device in modern IITV fluoroscopy systems.

922
Q

Regarding the image intensifier television (IITV) system:
An electronic light sensor can be mounted between the primary lens and TV lens to measure the brightness of the II image

A

True: This can give the real-time dose rate.

923
Q

Regarding CCD sensors: They cannot be used for serial exposure applications.

A

False: They can be used for serial exposure applications.

924
Q

Regarding CCD sensors: They are small and inexpensive.

925
Q

Regarding CCD sensors: They have negligible temporal unsharpness.

926
Q

Regarding CCD sensors: They have poor thermal, electrical, and magnetic stability.

A

False: They have excellent thermal, electrical, and magnetic stability.

927
Q

Regarding CCD sensors: They have poorer geometrical precision when compared with traditional TV camera tubes.

A

False: They have good geometrical precision and spatial uniformity.

928
Q

II: The degree of II amplification of an x-ray image is known as the brightness gain.

929
Q

II: Brightness gain is the ratio of the brightness of the output screen compared to that of the input screen.

930
Q

II: Brightness gain is the product of minification gain and flux gain.

931
Q

II: The conversion factor (Gx) is used as a measure of x-ray II tube sensitivity.

A

TRUE.

In measuring the ability of the II tube to amplify the signal we are unable to measure the brightness of the input screen, which limits the use of the Gbrightness. Instead we now use the image intensifier conversion factor (Gx).

Gx = L / X’
L = luminance of the II output (units = candelas m-2)
X’ = II entrance dose rate (units = μGy s-1

932
Q

II: Minification gain is the increase in brightness due to geometrical magnification.

A

False: It is due to geometrical demagnification of the image.

933
Q

II: Minification gain depends on the diameter of the input and output phosphors.

A

True. Minification gain = (Dinput / Doutput) ^ 2

934
Q

II: The conversion factor (Gx) is inversely proportional to the luminance of output phosphor (L).

A

FALSE.

image intensifier conversion factor (Gx).
Gx = L / X’
L = luminance of the II output (units = candelas m-2)
X’ = II entrance dose rate (units = μGy s-1

SO DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL

935
Q

II: The conversion factor (Gx) is inversely proportional to the II entrance dose rate (X’).

A

TRUE.

image intensifier conversion factor (Gx).
Gx = L / X’
L = luminance of the II output (units = candelas m-2)
X’ = II entrance dose rate (units = μGy s-1)

936
Q

II: The conversion factor (Gx) can be measured using a calibrated dose rate meter and a luminance meter.

937
Q

The conversion factor (Gx) of a modern x-ray II tube typically lies in the range of

100-300 Cds µGy-1m-2.

A

False: This typically lies in the range of 10-30 Cds µGy-1 m-2

938
Q

CT: Typical kVp value for the x-ray tube is about 80-140KV.

A

True: Typical kVp value is about 120.

939
Q

CT: Transmitted x-ray intensity is measured by the detector.

A

True. It may be considered a low-dose examination in comparison to plain radiography.

940
Q

CT: It may be considered a low-dose examination in comparison to plain radiography.

A

False: High dose examination. CT accounts for more than 40% of radiation from medical examinations.

941
Q

CT: The main interaction in CT scanning is the Compton effect.

942
Q

CT: The x-ray beam emerging from the tube housing in a CT scanner is significantly attenuated.

A

False: There is only a small loss of photon energy when the beam travels through the tube housing.

943
Q

Regarding CT scanners: Most multi-slice scanners are based on fifth generation scanner geometry.

A

False: Most multi-slice scanners are based on third-generation scanner geometry.

944
Q

Regarding CT scanners: An x-ray tube is mounted with its anode cathode axis perpendicular to the axis of rotation.

A

False:The anode cathode axis is parallel to the axis of rotation.

945
Q

Regarding CT scanners: The axis of rotation is called the x-axis by convention.

A

False: The axis of rotation is called the Z-axis.

946
Q

Regarding CT scanners: Bow-tie filters are used to even out a beam-hardening effect.

947
Q

Regarding CT scanners: Fifth-generation scanners employ an electron source to produce an electron beam.

948
Q

CT Gas detectors contain inert gases at pressures of about 1-2 atmospheres.

A

False: The inert gases are contained at about 25atm. to increase detector efficiency.

949
Q

CT detectors should be manufactured with identical sensitivities.

A

False:The detector sensitivities are calibrated during imaging.

950
Q

CT Pixel size is determined by the detectors

A

False: The computer system determines the pixel size

951
Q

CT spatial resolution of the scanner is influenced by the detectors.

A

True: The smaller the individual detector, the higher the resolution.

952
Q

Sodium iodide crystals are the commonest detectors used in modern scanners.

A

CT scanners use a variety of crystals in their detectors, including
Cadmium telluride (CdTe),
Cesium iodide (CsI),
Cadmium tungstate CdWO4
Bismuth germinate, and
Ceramic rare earth compound

953
Q

Third-generation scanners are more efficient in eliminating scattered radiation than first- generation scanners.

A

False: Third-generation scanners produce more scatter compared to first-generation scanners.

954
Q

Tube rotation enables tube loading to be lower compared to plain radiographs.

A

False: Tube loading is much higher compared to plain radiographs.

955
Q

The irradiated slice thickness of the patient can be regulated by detector collimators.

956
Q

The fan beam is parallel to the anode cathode axis of the CT x-ray tube.

A

False:The fan beam is perpendicular to the anode cathode axis.

957
Q

CT detectors may consist of crystals embedded in a matrix.

A

False: CT detectors consist of single large crystals. Intensifying screens consist of crystals embedded within a matrix.

958
Q

The minimum detectable contrast of CT images is <0.5%.

959
Q

Solid state detectors are less efficient than gas filled ionization detectors.

A

False: Solid state detectors have higher efficiency than gas filled ionization chambers.

960
Q

Using crystals with highly efficient absorption results in a crosstalk artefact.

A

False: Increasing the efficiency of absorption results in less crosstalk artefact.

961
Q

Slice thickness can be increased by coupling together the signal from adjacent detectors.

962
Q

The detectors need to be as small as possible.

963
Q

Collimation of the CT scanner is fixed.

A

False. Collimation can be changed.

964
Q

he most common image reconstruction technique used in modern CT scanners is filtered back projection.

965
Q

Beam collimation happens before passing through the patient.

966
Q

Multiple X-ray tubes are commonly used to acquire data in modern scanners.

A

False:A single x-ray tube is used.There are a few scanners that have more than one x-ray tube (currently for research only).

967
Q

Solid state detectors are more efficient than gas filled detectors.

968
Q

The afterglow of bismuth germinate detectors is higher compared to sodium iodide crystals.

A

False:The afterglow of bismuth germinate detectors is lower compared to sodium iodide crystals.

969
Q

The typical thickness of the copper filters used is 0.5 mm.

A

True. Copper filters are normally 0.5 mm

970
Q

The effect of scattered radiation is eliminated by using energy discriminators.

A

False: Discriminating windows are used in GAMMA CAMERAS.

971
Q

In fourth-generation CT design, the detectors rotate.

A

False:The x-ray tube rotates and there is a ring of stationary or fixed detectors 4th Gen - Rotate/Stationary

972
Q

In all modern scanners, each detector has its own collimator.

A

Only a few scanners in the market have this design feature.modern CT scanners

973
Q

Modern CT scanners in use thousands of detector elements.

974
Q

Modern CT scanners: Scattered radiation is controlled by detector collimation.

975
Q

Modern CT scanners: The efficiency of sodium iodide crystals is about 50%.

A

FALSE.

The efficiency of Nal crystals approach 100%.

976
Q

Modern CT scanners: The effective dose to the patient is measured for every CT scan.

977
Q

‘Pixel’ stands for ‘x-ray picture’

A

False: Pixel stands for ‘picture element’.

978
Q

Modern CT scanners: Ring artefacts are caused by the miscalibration of detectors in third-generation scanners.

A

True: Ring artefacts are caused by the miscalibration of one detector in a rotate-rotate geometry scanner. If a detector is miscalibrated, or faulty, it will record faulty information in every projection.This misinformation is reconstructed as a ring in the image with the radius of the ring determined by the position of the faulty detector within the detector array.

979
Q

‘Voxel’ stands for ‘volume element’.

980
Q

The average linear attenuation coefficient of a voxel is represented as a pixel in the CT image.

A

True: Voxel is the volume element in the scan slice matrix and pixel is its representation in the image.

981
Q

Star artefact in CT can be produced by simple back projection.

982
Q

A voxel is a three-dimensional region within a scan slice matrix in CT

983
Q

CT number: It is the same as Hounsfield units.

984
Q

The CT number of Fat is about - 400.

A

FALSE. -60 to -150 HU

985
Q

A magnification factor of 1000 or more is used in the calculation of CT number.

A

FALSE. MULTIPLICATION NUMBER.

986
Q

There is no difference between the CT numbers of gray and white matter in the brain.

A

False: The CT number of white matter is 20-30 and that of gray matter is 35-45.

987
Q

The CT number of water is - 500.

A

False: The CT number of water is 0 and that of air is -1000.

988
Q

CT number represents the linear attenuation coefficient in each pixel.

989
Q

CT numbers of tissues vary depending on the KV and filtration of the x-ray beam

990
Q

It is necessary to use a CT number higher than bone to image materials that have a higher linear attenuation coefficient.

991
Q

The CT number of air is -1000

992
Q

The CT number of contrast is higher than that of bone.

993
Q

A voxel is a three-dimensional region in the image display.

A

FALSE. VOXEL is a 3D region in the SCAN MATRIX

994
Q

CT Image reconstruction involves a correction for the polychromatic nature of the beam.

995
Q

An image can only be reconstructed from data collected from a full 360° rotation of the gantry.

A

FALSE. You can reconstruct down to 180 degrees.

996
Q

Fourier transformation can be used for image processing in CT.

997
Q

CT Detector collimation controls the size of a pixel.

A

False. The size of the image is determined by the computer programme.

998
Q

Iterative reconstruction is the most commonly used method for image reconstruction.

A

False. Filtered back projection.

999
Q

Digital subtraction is used in all CT image reconstruction.

1000
Q

The width of the x-ray beam determines the size of the CT voxel.

1001
Q

A voxel represents a definable region within a CT slice matrix.

1002
Q

Noise is inversely proportional to the square root of the number of photons.

1003
Q

Applying a weighting factor compensates for the difference between the size and the shape of the scanning beam and the CT picture matrix.

1004
Q

The weighting factor is constant throughout each complete CT scan.

1005
Q

The physical density of its contents is the only factor that determines the CT number of a voxel.

A

FALSE: The CT number is determined by the attenuation of the x-ray beam which in turn is determined by physical density and atomic rtimber.

1006
Q

A pulse height analyser is used in CT image reconstruction.

1007
Q

A voxel is a group of four adjacent pixels.

1008
Q

Helical scanners: The pitch of the scanner can be defined as table-top movement per rotation multiplied by slice thickness.

A

False:The pitch of the scanner can be defined as table-top movement per rotation DIVIDED by slice thickness.

1009
Q

Helical scanners: The voxel size in the transaxial plane is determined by the matrix size and the field of view.

1010
Q

Helical scanners: Helical scanners in general have faster acquisition times compared to single slice
scanners.

1011
Q

Helical scanners: Movement artefacts are generally lower in images obtained from helical scanners compared to single slice scanners.

1012
Q

Helical scanners: The slice width cannot be less than the detector width.

1013
Q

The effect of noise is reduced by using a narrower window while displaying the CT images.

A

False:The effect of noise is increased by using a narrower window because each grey level would represent a smaller range of CT numbers.

1014
Q

CT Contrast in the image is reduced by noise.

1015
Q

The effect of noise is decreased by increasing CT slice thickness.

1016
Q

Increasing the pixel size decreases CT spatial resolution.

1017
Q

Increasing the detector element size decreases the spatial resolution

1018
Q

Image quality in CT: Cupping is caused by detector malfunction.

A

False: Cupping is caused by beam hardening.

1019
Q

The spatial resolution of CT is affected by slice width.

1020
Q

CT Window level determines the number of shades of grey that would be displayed.

A

False: Window width determines the number of shades of grey that would be displayed

1021
Q

Compared to film screen radiography, line pair resolution is better in CT.

A

False: Line pair resolution in CT is poorer than that of film screen radiography and is only about 1 lp/mm as compared to upto 15 lp/mm in film screen radiography.

1022
Q

Noise in CT makes low-contrast objects difficult to distinguish.

1023
Q

CT Pixel size is generally about 1mm.

A

False: Pixel size is generally less than 0.5mm.

1024
Q

Decreasing pixel size increases the spatial resolution of CT.

A

True: The spatial resolution of CT improves, providing all other factors like number of detectors, size of detectors, focal spot size, etc. remains unchanged.

1025
Q

Increasing CT voxel size increases spatial resolution.

1026
Q

Increasing pitch increases CT image unsharpness.

1027
Q

Decreasing mA decreases image noise.

A

False: Increasing mA increases the number of photons producing the image hence the image noise decreases.

1028
Q

Partial volume effect is reduced by using thicker CT slices.

A

False:The partial volume effect is due to averaging of the attenuation coefficient of different objects within a voxel. Using thinner slices can reduce this.

1029
Q

Regarding CT:
A. Resolution can be improved by magnification of the subject.
B. Air is used as a negative contrast agent.
C. Image quality is limited by quantum mottle.

1030
Q

CT: Reducing beam filtration increases beam hardening artefacts.

1031
Q

CT: Cardiac motion produces streak artefacts.

1032
Q

CT: Geometric artefacts are caused by faulty detectors.

A

FALSE. RING ARTEFACT.

1033
Q

CT: Cone beam artefact is due to beam divergence in the x-axis.

A

FALSE. Z AXIS.

1034
Q

CT: Ring artefacts are most commonly seen in scanners that have fixed detectors.

A

False. Rotating detectors.

1035
Q

Regarding partial volume effect:

A thin high-contrast structure that crosses the transaxial plane at an oblique angle might disappear completely.

It is increased when the slices get thinner.

A

False: The thin high contrast structure that crosses the transaxial plane at an oblique angle (e.g. vessel filled with contrast) will appear larger.

False:The partial volume effect is reduced when the slices get thinner.

1036
Q

Regarding partial volume effect:
A. It reduces the visibility of low-contrast details.
B. A high-contrast object that is smaller than the voxel will appear larger on the image.
C. It is due to the averaging of CT numbers in each voxel.

1037
Q

CTDI is a measure of the radiation dose from the whole examination.

A

False: CTDI is a measure of the dose from a single rotation of the gantry.

1038
Q

CTDI varies with slice width.

A

False: CTDI is constant with slice width.

1039
Q

CTDI is measured in mGy cm.

A

False: CTDI is measured in mGy.

1040
Q

CTDI is measured using a pencil ionization chamber.

1041
Q

CTDlvol is derived by multiplying CTDlw with pitch.

A

False. CTDI(vol) = CTDI(weighted) / pitch

Where pitch = mm per rotation / slice thickness (mm)

1042
Q

In helical scanning: The position of the reconstructed segment can be selected retrospectively.

1043
Q

In helical scanning: The slice width can be smaller or larger than the detector width.

A

False: The slice width cannot be less than the width of the detector.

1044
Q

In helical scanning: Keeping all other parameters constant, increasing pitch reduces exposure time.

A

TRUE.

In CT imaging, pitch is defined as the ratio of the table movement per rotation to the slice thickness. It influences how the scan is performed and directly impacts the exposure time.

When the pitch is increased (i.e., the table moves further per rotation of the X-ray tube), the slices are spaced farther apart. This means that for the same scan length, the X-ray tube is on for a shorter period during each rotation.

As a result, increasing pitch reduces the exposure time for each rotatio

1045
Q

In helical scanning: Keeping all other parameters constant, increasing pitch increases patient dose.

A

False: Increasing pitch decreases patient dose.

1046
Q

In helical scanning: Keeping all other parameters constant, increasing pitch decreases resolution.

1047
Q
  1. Spatial resolution in CT scanning is affected by:
    A Pixel size.
    B. Field of view.
    C. Matrix size.
    D. Algorithm used.
    E. Beam filtration.
A

All True except BEAM FILTRATION.

1048
Q

The biggest contributor to CT image noise is electronic noise produced in the measuring system.

A

False: Electronic noise is the least significant contributor to image noise.

1049
Q

Quantum noise is increased by increasing the CT field of view (FOW).

A

False: Quantum noise is decreased by increasing FOV.

1050
Q

Quantum noise is increased by using a larger CT matrix.

A

TRUE.
Using a larger matrix means dividing the scanned area into smaller voxels (volume pixels). As a result, the same amount of radiation (or photons) is distributed over more voxels. This decreases the number of photons contributing to each voxel, increasing quantum noise.

1051
Q

For single slice CT scanners, increasing the pitch increases noise.

A

False: Pitch does not affect noise in single slice scanners

1052
Q

For multi-slice CT scanners, increasing the pitch increases noise.

1053
Q

The DLP of a CT scan is calculated by multiplying weighted CTDI (CTDlw) with the total length of scan (L).

A

FALSE. CTDI(vol) x scan length L

Where CTDIvol = CTDIw / Pitch
Pitch = mm per rotation / slice thickness (mm)

1054
Q

CT: Conversion coefficients to derive effective dose from DLP are independent of scanner design.

A

False: There are differences in conversion coefficients for single and multi-slice scanners.

1055
Q

CT: Organs in the pelvis have a low E/DLP factor.

A

FALSE. False: Organs in the pelvis have a high E/DLP factor

1056
Q

CT: Conversion coefficients to derive effective dose from DLP depend on body region.

A

True: Conversion coefficients to derive the effective dose from DLP depend on body region and scanner design.

1057
Q

CT: Tissues and organs in the head have a low E/DLP factor.

1058
Q

CT Detectors: Ionization chambers have a detection efficiency of about 40%.

A

False: Ionization chambers had a detection efficiency of about 60%.

1059
Q

CT Detectors: CT detectors need to have a low dynamic range to improve resolution.

A

False: CT detectors need a wide dynamic range to improve resolution

1060
Q

CT Detectors: In modern scanners, the individual detectors need to be as big as possible to reduce scan time.

A

False: Detectors need to be as small as possible to improve resolution. Scan time is not affected by size of individual detectors.

1061
Q

CT Detectors: Bismuth germinate may be used as a scintillant in solid state detectors.

1062
Q

CT Detectors: The overall efficiency of solid state detectors is compromised as they have to be separated to prevent light cross over:

1063
Q

The following are used for the calibration of the CT number scale of the scanner:
Iodine
Air
Water
Bone
Fat

A

Only WATER (0) and AIR (-1000)

1064
Q
  1. Regarding CT scanners:
    A. Gas filled detectors are more efficient than solid state detectors.
    B. The anode cathode axis of the x-ray tube is perpendicular to the fan beam.
    C. The fan beam is collimated such that it is half the width of the patient.
    D. The axis of rotation is called the z-axis.
    E. Tube loading is much higher compared to plain x-rays.
A
  1. Regarding CT scanners:
    A. Gas filled detectors are more efficient than solid state detectors. FALSE
    B. The anode cathode axis of the x-ray tube is perpendicular to the fan beam. TRUE
    C. The fan beam is collimated such that it is half the width of the patient. FALSE
    The fan beam is wider than the widest cross section of the patient

D. The axis of rotation is called the z-axis. TRUE
E. Tube loading is much higher compared to plain x-rays. TRUE.

1065
Q

Regarding CT artefacts: Beam hardening is the same throughout the field of view for a given patient.

1066
Q

Tube current modulation is used to correct CT beam hardening artefact.

A

False: Tube current modulation (mA modulation) is used to correct the ‘photon starvation artefact’.

1067
Q

Compared to other metals, titanium is known to cause more artefacts.

A

False: Titanium causes fewer artefacts than other metals.

1068
Q

CT contrast agents do not produce artefacts.

A

False: A high concentration of contrast agent produces streak artefacts similar to metal.

1069
Q

Helical scanning is less susceptible to artefacts caused by patient motion than axial scanning.

1070
Q

The following artefacts are manifested as streaks in the image:
A. Inadequate field of view.
B. Photon starvation.
C. Motion.
D. Cone beam effects.
E. Beam hardening.

A

All True

A. Inadequate field of view:

True. If the scanned object extends outside the field of view, it can lead to streak artifacts due to data truncation.
B. Photon starvation:

True. Photon starvation occurs when insufficient X-rays pass through highly attenuating regions, leading to streaks, particularly in dense areas like bone.
C. Motion:

True. Patient motion during the scan causes misregistration of data, resulting in streak artifacts.
D. Cone beam effects:

True. In cone-beam CT, divergence of the X-ray beam can lead to incomplete or inaccurate data sampling, causing streak artifacts.
E. Beam hardening:

True. Beam hardening occurs when lower-energy photons are absorbed more than higher-energy photons as the beam passes through dense materials, creating streak artifacts in the image.

1071
Q

Dose length product (DLP) is inversely proportional to pitch.

A

TRUE.

DLP = CTDIvol x L
= (CTDI/Pitch) x L

So inversely proportional

1072
Q

CTDlvol is directly proportional to pitch.

A

False: CTDlvol is CTDIw / Pitch.

So INVERSELY proportional to pitch.

1073
Q

CTDlw of the head is lower than that of the body (for the same mAs and kVp).

1074
Q

DLP is directly proportional to the scanned length.

A

TRUE.

DLP = CTDIvol x L

1075
Q

On an average, the effective dose for the head is lower than that for the body.

A

True: The effective dose is relatively lower due to the lower radiosensitivity of the brain tissue.

1076
Q

CTDI is measured in mGy cm3

A

FALSE. CTDI is measured in mGy.

1077
Q

The effective dose is measured in mSv.

1078
Q

DLP is measured in mGy cm.

A

True. DLP is measured in mGy cm.

1079
Q

The dose area product is measured in mGy cm2.

A

True.
It represents the total radiation dose multiplied by the exposed area of the patient. DAP accounts for both the dose delivered and the area irradiated, making it a useful metric for estimating the overall risk of radiation exposure.

1080
Q

E/DLP (DLP to effective dose conversion coefficient) is measured in mSv (mGy cm-1).

A

E/DLP is measured in mSv / (mGy ∙ cm)

1081
Q

In CT images: Noise is inversely proportional to the number of photons.

A

FALSE. INVERSE SQUARE ROOT OF PHOTONS

1082
Q

CT: Doubling the mA reduces the noise by a factor of 2.

A

False. Reduces noise by a factor of square root of 2 = 1.4

1083
Q

CT: Halving rotation time decreases noise by a factor of the square root of 2.

A

False. Halving rotation time INCREASES noise by a factor of square root 2

Keeping everything else constant = less exposure time = few photons = INCREASE in noise.

1084
Q

CT Pixel size is generally less than 0.5mm.

1085
Q

Increasing CT slice thickness decreases noise.

1086
Q

CT numbers for the majority of organ soft tissues are in the range of 0-70.

1087
Q

CT number range for lung -900 to -1000

1088
Q

CT number of blood is similar to that of soft tissue.

1089
Q

CT number of fat is between -60 to -150

1090
Q

CT number of grey matter in the brain is between 35 - 45.

White matter is lower 20 - 30

1091
Q

Keeping all things constant: Doubling mA doubles the CT patient dose.

1092
Q

Keeping all things constant: Halving rotation time halves the dose.

1093
Q

Keeping all things constant: Doubling the pitch halves the dose.

1094
Q

The European guidelines on quality criteria for computed tomography (EUR 16262 EN)
A. A guidance on image quality and radiation dose on a generic examination by examination basis.
B. Guidance on structures that should be visible for a given type of examination.
C. A qualitative guide to the degree of clarity of structures to be expected.
D. Examples of good imaging techniques and settings.
E. Reference dose values in terms of CTDlw and DLP.

1095
Q

CT: ECG gating requires the addition of extra hardware and software to existing scanners.

1096
Q

CT: ECG gating can only be done prospectively.

A

False: ECG gating can be done prospectively or retrospectively.

1097
Q

CT: Retrospective ECG gating always results in a lower dose to the patient compared to ungated scans.

A

False: There is no dose reduction in retrospective gating.

1098
Q

CT: ECG gating decreases image degradation due to cardiac motion

1099
Q

CT: In prospective gating, most of the image acquisition is done during systole.

1100
Q

The typical effective dose for routine cardiac CT angiography is comparable to that of abdominal-pelvic CT

A

True. This is in the region of7-13 mSv.

1101
Q

Cardiac CT: Dose can be decreased by increasing pitch.

1102
Q

Regarding cardiac CT: Decreasing x-ray current during phases of the cardiac cycle is effective in reducing dose

A

True: Images acquired during these phases are of lower quality and therefore deemed to be of less value for interpretation.

1103
Q

Regarding cardiac CT: f the patient has a higher heart rate, increasing the pitch is a useful dose reduction technique.

A

True: This is a useful feature of dual-source cardiac CT where linking pitch to a patient’s heart rate can effectively reduce the dose and also obviate the need for a heart rate lowering drug such as beta-blockers.

1104
Q

Regarding cardiac CT: Dual source CT means that one x-ray tube is used with two sets of x-ray detectors.

A

False: It is 2 sets of x-ray tubes and 2 sets of x-ray detectors.

1105
Q
  1. The following are effective dose reduction methods in cardiac CT:
    A Tube current modulation.
    B. Decreasing tube current during phases of cardiac cycle.
    C. Matching the pitch to the patient’s heart rate.
    D. Increasing the scanning time.
    E. Reducing pitch.
A

All true except increasing scanning time and reducing pitch

1106
Q

Cardiac CT: It requires a low temporal resolution to image the moving heart.

A

False: In fact, the primary challenge of imaging a beating heart in a system is to have a high temporal resolution.

1107
Q

Cardiac CT: Imaging is primarily directed at acquiring images during the systolic phase.

A

False: It is the diastolic phase as this is the most quiescent part of the cardiac cycle.

1108
Q

Cardiac CT: Spatial resolution is not as important as temporal resolution in cardiac CT

A

False: It is just as important as one must be able to resolve fine structures such as the coronary artery segments.

1109
Q

Cardiac CT: The faster the gantry rotation time, the greater the temporal resolution achieved.

1110
Q

Cardiac CT: Prospective ECG triggering acquisition reduces the radiation exposure.

1111
Q

Cardiac CT: In prospective ECG gating, the scanner starts at a preset point from the R-R interval.

1112
Q

Cardiac CT: The retrospective gating mode of acquisition has a higher radiation dose compared with prospective gating.

A

True: This is because data are acquired continuously during the cardiac cycle and data from ECG monitoring are retrospectively used for image reconstruction.

1113
Q

Cardiac CT: Multiple-segment reconstruction can result in misregistration and degrade spatial resolution.

A

True: This is one of the limitations of the multiple-segment reconstruction approach.

1114
Q

Cardiac CT: Partial scan reconstruction achieves high temporal resolution.

A

False: This is one of the major limitations of partial scan reconstruction and is due to the gantry rotation time. Higher temporal resolution is achieved with the multiple-segment reconstruction approach.

1115
Q

Cardiac CT: Radiation dose is inversely proportional to pitch.

1116
Q

Stable lighter nuclei contain nearly equal numbers of protons and neutrons.

1117
Q

Stable heavier nuclei contain greater proportion of protons than neutrons.

A

False: Stable heavier nuclei contain greater proportion of neutrons.

1118
Q

Isotopes have the same number of protons, chemical, and metabolic properties.

1119
Q

Isotopes have different number of neutrons, mass number, density, and physical properties.

1120
Q

Unstable radioactive nuclei have proton or neutron excess or deficit and decay until they become stable.

1121
Q

All radionuclides used for medical imaging are produced artificially.

1122
Q

Molybdenum-99 (99Mo) is unstable as it is neutron deficient.

A

FALSE: 99Mo is made by ADDING a neutron to 98Mo in a nuclear reactor
hence it is unstable with an excess of neutron (98Mo + n -> 99Mo).

1123
Q

Fluorine-18 (18F) is unstable due to excess of neutron.

A

False: 18F is made in a cyclotron by an additional proton being forced into the stable nucleus of 180 which in return knocks out a neutron hence making the nucleus neutron deficient (18O + p ->18F + n).

1124
Q

99Mo can be extracted from the spent fuel rods of nuclear reactors.

A

True: 238U -> 99Mo + other fission by products.

1125
Q

Gallium-68 (68Ga) is produced from a germanium-68 (68Ge) generator.
Germanium motherland
Child went to the Gally’s for execution

A

True:68Ga is a daughter product of 68Ge.

1126
Q

In beta plus decay, the atomic number of the daughter nucleus increases by 1.

1127
Q

In beta minus decay, the atomic number of the daughter nucleus increases by 1.

A

True. Atomic number increases by 1 and the atomic mass remains unchanged in the daughter nucleus.

1128
Q

The majority of the metastable radionuclides undergo isomeric transition.

1129
Q

In electron capture, the atomic mass decreases by 1.

A

False: In electron capture, the atomic number reduces by 1 whilst the atomic mass remains unchanged in the daughter nucleus.

1130
Q

Radionuclides which undergo internal conversion can emit both photoelectrons and characteristic x-rays.

A

True: Examples of such radionuclides are iodine-123 and iodine-125.

Internal Conversion (IC) occurs when an excited nucleus transfers its energy directly to one of the atom’s orbital electrons, typically from the K-shell or L-shell, ejecting the electron from the atom. This ejected electron is called a photoelectron.

1131
Q

Gamma rays emitted for a given radionuclide have a few specific energies which are characteristic of that nuclide.

1132
Q

The most energetic beta rays only have a range of a few millimetres in tissue.

1133
Q

Beta radiation emits at specific energies like gamma rays.

A

False: Beta rays emit a continuous spectrum of energies up to its maximum energy.

1134
Q

A positron combines with another positive electron to undergo annihilation to emit two photons of 511keV travelling in opposite directions.

A

FALSE. False: Positive beta particle combines with a negative electron to undergo annihilation

1135
Q

Re: Positron emitters: They are produced in a cyclotron.

1136
Q

Re: Positron emitters:
Upon decay they emit a positive beta particle which combines with a nearby negative electron.
Positron annihilation emits two gamma photons of 511keV
They may be used in positron emission tomography (PET) imaging.

1137
Q

Radioactive decay: It is a deterministic process governed by the laws of chance.

A

False: It is a stochastic process governed by the laws of chance.

1138
Q

Radioactive decay: It is possible to predict the next disintegration within a sample of unstable nuclei.

A

False: It is impossible to predict the next disintegration in a given sample.

1139
Q

Radioactive decay: The decay rate is measured in the SI unit of millisievert (mSv).

A

False: The rate of decay is measured in becquerel (Bq) where 1Bq is equivalent to 1 disintegration per second.

1140
Q

Radioactive decay: It is possible to predict the reduction of radioactivity in a given time interval.

1141
Q

Radioactive decay: The count rate measured by a radiation detector is less than the actual radioactivity.

A

True: A sufficient proportion of the rays usually miss the detector or it may pass through undetected hence the count rate is less than the activity

1142
Q

Effective half life is dependent of the biological half-life of the radiopharmaceutical

A

TRUE. 1/ effective = 1/bio + 1/physical

1143
Q

Effective half life is independent of the physical half-life

A

FALSE. 1/ effective = 1/bio + 1/physical

1144
Q

Effective half life: is the same in everyone for a given radiopharmaceutical.

A

False:The metabolic process of eliminating and excreting radiopharmaceutical varies between everybody.

1145
Q

Effective half life is not affected by the patient’s renal function.

1146
Q

Effective half life: The effective half-life is always less than the biological half-life or the physical half-life.

1147
Q

Ideal properties of radiopharmaceuticals: A physical half-life as short as possible.

A

False:The half-life should be suitable for the examination.

1148
Q

Ideal properties of radiopharmaceuticals: It localizes largely and quickly to the tissues of diagnostic interest.

1149
Q

Ideal properties of radiopharmaceuticals: It emits gamma radiation only.

A

True: Hence scatter can be eliminated by energy discrimination with a pulse height analyser.

1150
Q

Ideal properties of radiopharmaceuticals: A pure gamma emitter with energy emission greater than 300keV.

A

False: It should be a pure gamma emitter but with energy emission between 50-300keV.

1151
Q

Ideal properties of radiopharmaceuticals: It is easily made and readily available at the hospital site.

1152
Q

Desirable properties of radioactive nuclei: To decay to a stable daughter product or at least one with a very long half-life.

1153
Q

Desirable properties of radioactive nuclei: Attaches easily and firmly to the pharmaceutical with no effect on its metabolism.

1154
Q

Desirable properties of radioactive nuclei: To emit gamma rays with energy greater than 300KeV.

A

False:An ideal energy emission is around 150KeV where it is high enough to exit the patient but low enough to be collimated and detected.

1155
Q

Desirable properties of radioactive nuclei: High radioactive concentration in terms of high concentration per unit volume.

1156
Q

Desirable properties of radioactive nuclei: Delayed elimination from the body with an effective half-life as long as possible.

A

False: An ideal radiopharmaceutical should be eliminated from the body with an effective half-life as long as the duration of the examination in order to reduce the dose to the patient.

1157
Q

Technetium-99m: is produced in a generator.

1158
Q

Technetium-99m: emits gamma rays principally of 0.140MeV.

A

True. Desirable as around the 150keV range

1159
Q

Technetium-99m: has a physical half-life of 6 days.

A

FALSE. SIX HOURS.

1160
Q

Technetium-99m: It is a daughter product of the parent radionuclide Iodine 311.

A

FALSE.

Mo-99 (Beta MINUS decay) → Tc-99m (metastable state, gamma-emitting)
Tc-99m then decays to Tc-99 by emitting gamma radiation.

1161
Q

Technetium-99m: is a product of electron capture decay.

A

FALSE.
Mo-99 (Beta MINUS decay) → Tc-99m (metastable state, gamma-emitting)
Tc-99m then decays to Tc-99 by emitting gamma radiation.

1162
Q

Technetium generator: In transient equilibrium, the daughter and the parent appear to decay together with the half-life of the parent.

1163
Q

Technetium generator: shielded with lead or depleted uranium.

1164
Q

Technetium generator: The parent 1311 is absorbed within the exchange column of aluminium beads.

A

False: The parent radionuclide is 99Mo.

1165
Q

Technetium generator: Technetium is eluted with sterile water.

A

False: It is eluted with sterile saline solution.

1166
Q

Technetium generator: The lead shielding and the metal container are reusable.

1167
Q

Krypton-81 m (81Krm) has a half-life is…

A

Krypton-81 m (81Krm) has a half-life of 13 SECONDS.

Krypton-81 undergoes beta MINUS decay to produce Rubidium-81

81yo superman only takes an unlucky 13secs to…

1168
Q

Krypton-81m (81Krm) is used for pulmonary ventilation studies.

1169
Q

Fluorine-18 (18F) has a half-life of…

A

110 minutes.

18O + p → 18F + n
18F → 18O + positron

1170
Q

Technetium-99m (99Tcm) has a half-life of…

A

6 hours…

1171
Q

Molybdenum-99 (99Mo) has a half-life of…

A

67 hours.

Mo98 +n bombardment -> Mo99

Mo99 beta MINUS decay into Tc 99m

1172
Q

Technetium-99 has a half life of…

A

200,000 years.

1173
Q

Iodine 123 has a half of..

A

13 hours!

I-123 has a gamma emission of 159 keV

Decaying by electron capture to form Te-123.
Tellurium-123 de-excites by emitting a gamma photon of 159 keV to reach its stable ground state.

1174
Q

lodine-123 (1231) labelled to hippuran is used for renal studies.

A

True

And has a half life of 13 hours!

1175
Q

Xenon-133 (133Xe) has a half life of

A

5 days

Irradiate uranium-235 to produce xenon-133
Beta minus decay into Cs 133
and in the process, it emits gamma radiation (γ-rays) with an energy of 81 keV.

1176
Q

Xenon-133 (133Xe) is used in lung ventilation imaging.

A

Lung ventilation imaing

1177
Q

Gallium-68 (68Ga) half life of…

A

Half-life of gallium-68 is 68 minutes

Gallium-68 undergoes beta-plus decay to form stable Zinc-68

Gallium-68 is typically produced from its parent isotope, Germanium-68 , through radioactive decay or via proton bombardment in a cyclotron.

1178
Q

Gallium 68 is used in the PSMA inhibitor for imaging prostate cancer

1179
Q

Gallium-68 (68Ga) is used to detect tumours and abscesses.

1180
Q

Thallium-201 half life of

A

73 hours

Production:
Thallium-201 is not naturally occurring and is produced by proton bombardment of stable Mercury-201 in a cyclotron.

Decay Mode:
* Electron capture (EC) to Mercury-201 (^{201}Hg)
* Emits X-rays (69–80 keV) and gamma photons (135 keV & 167 keV)

1181
Q

Thallium-201 in Myocardial Perfusion Imaging

A

True. It behaves like potassium (K⁺) in the body and is actively taken up by myocardial cells via the sodium-potassium ATPase pump.

1182
Q

Common Cyclotron-Produced Radiopharmaceuticals

1183
Q

Cyclotron Produced Radiopharmaceuticals in PET

1184
Q

Cyclotron Produced Radiopharmaceuticals in SPECT

A

Indium 111
Iodine 123
Thalium 201

1185
Q

Gamma camera collimators: In a parallel hole collimator, the field of view and the in-air sensitivity are the same at all distances.

1186
Q

Gamma camera collimators: A divergent hole collimator obtains a larger field of view and magnifies the image.

A

False: A divergent hole collimator does allow a large field of view to be obtained but it minifies the image.

DIVERGING AWAY FROM DETECTOR

1187
Q

Gamma camera collimators: A convergent hole collimator minifies the image when a small field of view is acquired.

A

False: A convergent hole collimator magnifies the image when a small field of view is
obtained.This is used in imaging small organs or children.

CONVERGING AWAY FROM DETECTOR

1187
Q

Gamma camera collimators:Both the divergent hole and convergent hole collimators suffer from geometric distortion with deterioration of spatial resolution at the edge of the field.

1187
Q

Gamma camera collimators: A pinhole collimator produces magnified and inverted images.

A

True: It is used in imaging superficial small organs such as the thyroid.

1188
Q

Regarding the gamma camera crystal:
The crystal is made of SODIUM iodide and activated with a trace of thallium.

A

TRUE. SODIUM IODIDE USED IN SPECT.

NOT CESIUM IODIDE

High light output: NaI:TI (with thallium dopant) produces a bright flash of light when exposed to gamma radiation.

High light output: NaI:TI (with thallium dopant) produces a bright flash of light when exposed to gamma radiation.

Fast scintillation response: NaI is relatively quick in terms of light emission.

1189
Q

Regarding the gamma camera crystal: It is composed of multiple small crystals.

A

False: It is one large crystal.

1190
Q

Gamma camera crystal: Emits approximately 5000 light photons when struck by a gamma photon.

1191
Q

Gamma camera crystal: a flat transparent light guide can maximize transfer of light from the crystal to the photomultiplier.

1192
Q

Gamma camera crystal: It is robust and waterproof.

A

FALSE.
It is fragile, hygroscopic (EASILY absorbs moisture) and easily damaged by temperature change.

1193
Q

Gamma camera: Spatial resolution improves by rejecting scattered gamma rays.

1194
Q

Gamma camera: The typical energy window is ±10% of the photopeak.

1195
Q

Gamma camera: Two radionuclides can be imaged simultaneously.

1196
Q

Gamma camera: The stored digital image can be manipulated.

1197
Q

Gamma camera: Digital cameras do not require photomultiplers.

A

False: Photomultiplers are a key component in a gamma camera.

1198
Q

Gamma camera: The purpose of the collimator is to remove scattered radiation.

A

False: Collimator locates the radioactive source within the patient along its line of sight, without it no image would be formed.

Main purpose is to remove scatter is the pulse height analyser

1199
Q

Gamma camera: The spatial resolution is comparable to that of a CT scanner.

1199
Q

Gamma camera: The purpose of the pulse height analyser is to filter out scattered radiation.

1199
Q

Gamma camera: The photomultiplier tubes amplify the signal by a series of dynodes.

A

True: The numbers of electrons are increased at each dynode, producing a cascade effect.

1200
Q

Gamma camera: Variation in the image of a uniform source is caused mainly by variations in the thickness of the Nal (TI) crystal.

A

False:The main cause of variation in the image is electronic in nature.

1201
Q

The spatial resolution of the gamma camera is affected by: The thickness of the crystal.

A

True: Resolution improves with a thinner crystal.

1202
Q

The spatial resolution of the gamma camera is affected by: The diameter of the hole of the collimator.

A

True: Spatial resolution improves with a smaller of the width of the holes in the collimator.

1203
Q

The spatial resolution of the gamma camera is affected by: The length of the hole of the collimator.

A

True:The longer the holes of the collimator; the better the spatial resolution.

1204
Q

The spatial resolution of the gamma camera is affected by: The count rate.

A

False: Count rate affects the brightness of the pixel and not the spatial resolution if acquired over the same period of time.

1205
Q

The spatial resolution of the gamma camera is affected by: The number of photomultiplier tubes.

A

False: The photomultiplier tubes acts as an amplifier and does not affect the spatial resolution.

1206
Q

Quality control for the gamma camera:
Spatial resolution is assessed by using line source to give the line spread function

A

True.
Spatial resolution is assessed by using line source to give the line spread function

1207
Q

Quality control for the gamma camera:
Uniformity of field is assessed by imaging a line source.

A

False: Gamma Camera uniformity of field is assessed by using a flood field phantom.

1208
Q

Quality control for the gamma camera:
Typical system uniformity is 20%.

A

Typical Gamma Camera Uniformity is 2%

1209
Q

Quality control for the gamma camera:
Intrinsic resolution is better than the system resolution.

A

True: The intrinsic resolution of a gamma camera is the best resolution a camera can achieve.

1209
Q

Quality control for the gamma camera:
A cracked crystal will not show as a defect.

A

False: A cracked crystal appears as a defect in the image.

1210
Q

SPECT: It consists of a gamma camera with a collimator rotating around a patient on a couch.

1211
Q

SPECT: The camera rotates continuously to acquire images.

A

True: You can have continuous or set and shoot acquisition.

1212
Q

SPECT: It requires fewer counts than conventional static imaging.

A

True. Decent contrast but poor spatial resolution. Few counts also mean more noise.

1212
Q

SPECT: The same number of counts can be acquired in half the time by using a double headed camera.

1213
Q

SPECT: Sensitivity decreases when a double- or tripled-headed camera is used.

A

False:The counts per second per MBq received by a double- or triple-headed camera will be greater than that of a single-headed camera. Hence the system sensitivity will increase.The sensitivity of each individual head of the camera will not be affected.

1214
Q

Advantages of SPECT over planar imaging: It has the potential to correct for attenuation.

A

TRUE.

This correction is especially useful in regions of the body with high-density tissues (like bones), which can attenuate the gamma rays.

1215
Q

Advantages of SPECT over planar imaging: There is an increase in spatial resolution

A

FALSE.

SPECT generally does not provide higher spatial resolution compared to planar imaging because it acquires data from multiple angles and reconstructs a 3D image, but this process introduces some blurring.

CONTRAST RESOLUTION IS IMPROVED.

1215
Q

Advantages of SPECT over planar imaging: There is an increase in contrast.

A

By using multiple projections and reconstructing a 3D image, it can help separate structures that might overlap in a planar image, improving contrast between different tissues or abnormalities.

1216
Q

Advantages of SPECT over planar imaging: There is a more noise.

A

True. Noise is increased in SPECT as the images are made up of fewer photons.

1217
Q

Advantages of SPECT over planar imaging: It has fewer equipment related artefacts.

A

False.

SPECT can actually have more equipment-related artifacts compared to planar imaging due to its complex reconstruction process and motion artifacts (if the patient moves during scanning). Additionally, the system geometry and detector configuration can introduce certain types of artifacts, like ring artifacts.

1218
Q

SPECT: Filtered back projection may be used in image formation.

1219
Q

SPECT: Iterative reconstruction produces fewer artefacts and can correct attenuation more accurately than filtered back projection.

1220
Q

SPECT: Superimposition of overlying structures cannot be resolved.

A

False: Overlying structures are resolved during 3D reconstruction.

1221
Q

SPECT: Reconstruction can be performed through any plane.

1222
Q

SPECT: Planar views are reconstructed to form a 3D image.

1223
Q

SPECT image resolution can be improved by:
Using a 128 x 128 matrix compared to a 64 x 64 matrix.

A

True.
A 128 x 128 matrix provides higher resolution than a 64 x 64 matrix because it increases the number of pixels (or voxels in 3D) used to represent the image. A higher matrix size leads to finer details and a better representation of the anatomical structures in the SPECT image.

1224
Q

SPECT image resolution can be improved by: Increasing the administered activity of a radiopharmaceutical.

A

False: This will lead to an increase of the count of the image REDUCING NOISE but the resolution is a factor of the system and not the patient.

1225
Q

SPECT image resolution can be improved by: Using a low resolution collimator.

A

False: Resolution improves with a high resolution collimator.

1226
Q

SPECT image resolution can be improved by: Using a smooth reconstruction filter.

A

FALSE.

A smooth reconstruction filter (such as a low-pass filter) typically reduces high-frequency details in an image,

reduces sharpness and can make the image appear smoother

but at the cost of lower resolution. While it can help reduce noise,

it doesn’t improve resolution; it often blurs the image to enhance visual quality.

1227
Q

SPECT image resolution can be improved by: not reducing noise with a mathematical filter.

A

False. SPECT image resolution can be improved by reducing noise with a mathematical filter.

Reducing noise with a mathematical filter (such as a high-pass filter or a noise-reducing algorithm) is important for improving image quality and achieving better resolution.

Not reducing noise can increase noise levels, making the image appear grainy and lowering the effective resolution.

1228
Q

Necessary to perform SPECT: A triple-headed camera.

1229
Q

Necessary to perform SPECT: camera system capable of rotating around the patient.

1230
Q

Necessary to perform SPECT: A radionuclide which emits monoenergetic gamma photon energy only.

A

False.

A monoenergetic gamma photon is not required for SPECT, although it is ideal for better image quality. In practice, many commonly used SPECT radionuclides emit gamma photons with some energy variation (such as Technetium-99m). The energy spectrum of the emitted photons may not be strictly monoenergetic, but it is typically narrow enough to allow for effective imaging.

1231
Q

Necessary to perform SPECT: A radiopharmaceutical specifically designed for use with SPECT.

1232
Q

Necessary to perform SPECT: A radiopharmaceutical whose distribution within the patient is fixed.

A

False.

The distribution of a radiopharmaceutical within the patient is not necessarily fixed. It often changes over time, depending on the biological processes and pharmacokinetics of the radiopharmaceutical.

1233
Q

PET images can give functional and physiological information.

1234
Q

PET images can be fused with CT images to allow location and visualization of such information within the patient’s anatomy.

1235
Q

PET: Positrons are coincidentally detected.

A

False: PET detects the gamma rays emitted as a result of annihilation between positrons and electrons.

1236
Q

PET imaging is based on detecting an annihilation photon to locate the source of radioactivity within the patient

A

False: PET imaging is based on detected two annihilation photons in coincidence.

1237
Q

PET: Annihilation photons have energy of 0.51MeV.

1238
Q

PET: Most commonly used positron emitter in PET is 18F.

1239
Q

PET: Annihilation photons are detected by a ring of detectors.

1240
Q

PET: Scintillation detectors may be made from lutetium oxyorthosilicate.

1241
Q

PET: 68Ga and 82Rb are also used in PET imaging.

1242
Q

PET imaging can be combined with MRI images to assist the location of radioactivity within the patient’s body.

1243
Q

Ideal properties of PET scintillation detectors: Good energy resolution.

1244
Q

Ideal properties of PET scintillation detectors: High detection efficiency.

1245
Q

Ideal properties of PET scintillation detectors: A very short scintillation decay time.

A

True

A short scintillation decay time is crucial for fast timing and high count rates, which are necessary in PET imaging to reduce blurring and improve temporal resolution. Faster detectors improve coincidence timing resolution, which enhances time-of-flight (TOF) PET performance.

1246
Q

Ideal properties of PET scintillation detectors: High effective atomic number and physical density.

A

A high effective atomic number (Z) and physical density increase the probability of photoelectric absorption of 511 keV photons, improving detection efficiency. Materials like Lutetium Oxyorthosilicate (LSO) and Bismuth Germanate (BGO) are preferred for their high Z and density.

1247
Q

Ideal properties of PET scintillation detectors: High relative light output.

A

A high relative light output means the scintillator produces more visible light per detected gamma photon, which enhances the efficiency of the photodetector (e.g., photomultiplier tube or silicon photomultiplier). This leads to better energy resolution and signal quality.

1248
Q

Advantages of PET over SPECT: Collimators are not required for PET.

A

True.

Unlike SPECT, which uses physical collimators to limit the detection of gamma rays, PET does not require collimators. Instead, PET relies on coincidence detection of the two 511 keV annihilation photons emitted in opposite directions. This increases sensitivity compared to SPECT, where collimators block a large fraction of photons.

1249
Q

Advantages of PET over SPECT: Spatial resolution is superior to SPECT.

A

True.
* Coincidence detection provides better localization.
* PET detectors have finer intrinsic resolution than SPECT collimators.
* Time-of-flight (TOF) PET further improves resolution by refining the origin of annihilation events.

Typical PET resolution is 4–6 mm, while SPECT resolution is usually 8–12 mm (or worse, depending on collimator type).

1250
Q

Advantages of PET over SPECT: Image noise is less than SPECT.

A

True. MORE PHOTONS DETECTED.

1251
Q

Advantages of PET over SPECT: Radiation dose to patient is markedly reduced compared to SPECT.

A

FALSE.

PET tracers like ¹⁸F-FDG (~0.19 mSv/MBq) often have HIGHER radiation doses compared to

99mTc-based SPECT tracers (~0.007–0.01 mSv/MBq).

1251
Q

Advantages of PET over SPECT:
18F has a shorter half-life than 99Tcm.

A

TRUE.
110 minutes Vs 6 hours.

1252
Q

Nuc Med: The absorbed dose increases IN PROPORTION to: activity administered to the patient.

A

True.

D α A
where D = absorbed dose and A = administered activity.

1253
Q

Nuc Med: The absorbed dose increases IN PROPORTION to: The fraction taken up by the organ.

A

True.

D α f

where f = fraction of activity taken up by the organ.

1253
Q

Nuc Med: The absorbed dose increases IN PROPORTION to:
The effective half-life of the activity in the organ.

A

False: The absorbed dose does not increase in proportion with an increase in the energy of gamma radiation.

A longer effective half-life means the activity stays in the organ longer, leading to a higher total absorbed dose.
However, the relationship is not perfectly linear because radioactive decay is exponential, meaning the rate of decay slows over time.

1254
Q

Nuc Med: The absorbed dose increases IN PROPORTION to: The energy of the gamma radiation emitted from decay.

A

FALSE.

Gamma photons do not contribute directly to absorbed dose in a linear way because most of their energy escapes the body rather than being absorbed locally.

1254
Q

Nuc Med: The absorbed dose increases IN PROPORTION to: The renal excretion rate.

A

False: Increasing the renal excretion rate decreases the biological half live hence it reduces the absorbed dose.

1255
Q

Based on UK ARSAC DRLs:

The effective dose for a bone SPECT scan is 5.0 mSv

A

True. The effective dose for a bone SPECT scan is 5.0 mSv

Bone 5
Brain 8
Heart 10
Renal +lung 0.7-2.5

1256
Q

Based on UK ARSAC DRLs:

The effective dose for a 201Tl heart scan is 50 mSv,

A

False - The effective dose for a 201Tl heart scan is 11.2 mSv, not 50 mSv

Bone 5
Brain 8
Heart 10
Renal +lung 0.7-2.5

1257
Q

Based on UK ARSAC DRLs: Effective dose is around 8mSv for a brain scan.

A

True. The effective dose for a brain scan (e.g., 99mTc exametazime) is 7.0 mSv.

Bone 5
Brain 8
Heart 10
Renal +lung 0.7-2.5

1257
Q

Based on UK ARSAC DRLs:

The effective dose for renal studies (e.g., MAG3 renal imaging/renography) is up to 2 mSv

A

The effective dose for renal studies (e.g., MAG3 renal imaging/renography) is up to 2 mSv

Bone 5
Brain 8
Heart 10
Renal +lung 0.7-2.5

1257
Q

Based on UK ARSAC DRLs: Effective dose is up to 2mSv for lung scans.

A

True.

Bone 5
Brain 8
Heart 10
Renal +lung 0.7-2.5

1258
Q

Nuclear medicine: The ideal radionuclide emits both gamma and beta radiation.

A

False: Ideally should be a pure gamma emitter as beta radiation contributes to patient dose with no role in image formation.

1259
Q

Nuclear medicine: Lead aprons are effective and should be worn if gamma ray energies are greater than 140keV.

A

False: Lead aprons are ineffective against high energy gamma rays.

1260
Q

Nuclear medicine: Not all radioactive waste must be disposed of by a specialist waste contractor.

1261
Q

Nuclear medicine: The photoelectric effect predominates when the photon energy is above 2MeV.

A

False: At such high energies, the contribution from photoelectric interactions is negligible.

1262
Q

Nuclear medicine: All radioactive administrations are contraindicated in women who are breastfeeding.

A

False.

For certain radiopharmaceuticals, no breastfeeding interruption is needed

Some radiopharmaceuticals require temporary breastfeeding interruption, while others may require complete cessation, particularly with long-lived radionuclides like Iodine-131 (¹³¹I)

1263
Q

Medicines (Administration of Radioactive Substances) Regulations (MARS) 1978 has been replaced with

A

The Medicines (Administration of Radioactive Substances) Regulations (MARS) 1978 has been replaced by the Ionising Radiation (Medical Exposure) Regulations (IR(ME)R) 2017 in Great Britain and the Ionising Radiation (Medical Exposure) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2018 in Northern Ireland

1264
Q

An ARSAC certificate must be obtained for all procedures which use radionuclides.

A

False – An ARSAC certificate is required only for procedures involving the administration of radioactive substances that result in an effective dose greater than 1µSv

1265
Q

An ARSAC licence should be obtained by all employees working in nuclear medicine.

A

False. An ARSAC licence is only required for practitioners who are clinically responsible for justifying the administration of radioactive substances. Not all employees in nuclear medicine require a licence

1266
Q

The ARSAC clinical licences are valid for 5 years.

A

True. ARSAC clinical licences are typically valid for 5 years, unless a shorter duration is specified

1267
Q

The ARSAC research licences are valid for 2 years.

A

True – ARSAC research licences are valid for 2 years

1268
Q

Based on UK ARSAC Guidance: A licence covers all work involving radionuclides within the hospital.

A

False – A licence does not cover all work involving radionuclides within a hospital;
it is SPECIFIC to the APPROVED PROCEDURES and LOCATIONS

1269
Q

The application for an ARSAC licence must be signed by a Radiation Protection Advisor.

A

False – The application for an ARSAC licence does not need to be signed by a Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). The licence application process involves different personnel, including the employer and supporting staff, but an RPA’s signature is not a requirement

The chief pharmacist’s (or equivalent individuals’) signature on the employer licence application form confirms they have satisfied themselves that sufficient and appropriate arrangements for
safe use of radiopharmaceuticals are in place.

1270
Q

There must be adequate scientific support in order for an ARSAC licence to be granted to an applicant.

A

True.

IR(ME)R requires that employers must ensure that suitable MPEs are appointed and involved in exposures involving the administration of radioactive substances. The MPE should advise the employer on compliance with IR(ME)R.

1271
Q

The ARSAC certificate is issued by the Department of Health.

A

True – The ARSAC certificate is issued by the Department of Health

1272
Q

It is the employer’s responsibility to ensure relevant clinicians possess an ARSAC licence.

A

True – It is the employer’s responsibility to ensure that relevant clinicians possess an ARSAC licence for justifying the administration of radioactive substances

1273
Q

It is the responsibility of the ARSAC licence holder to discharge a radioactive patient with the appropriate advice and hence protect the safety of the public.

A

True – The ARSAC licence holder is responsible for discharging a radioactive patient with the appropriate advice to ensure public safety

1274
Q

Radioactive Substances Act 1993 has been replaced with

A

Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 AND CORRESPONDING legislation in Scotland and Northern Ireland

1275
Q

Environmental Protection (England and Wales) Regulations replacing Radioactive Substances 1993 act:
It controls the accumulation, storage, and disposal of radioactive waste.

A

True – The act controls the accumulation, storage, and disposal of radioactive waste

1276
Q

Environmental Protection (England and Wales) Regulations replacing Radioactive Substances 1993 act:
It is enforced by the Environment Agency.

A

True – The act is enforced by the Environment Agency, which regulates the use, accumulation, and disposal of radioactive substances

1277
Q

Environmental Protection (England and Wales) Regulations replacing Radioactive Substances 1993 act:
Hospitals are exempted of registration under the Radioactive Substance Act 1993 for keeping any given amount of radioactive substance.

A

False – Hospitals are not exempt from registration under the Radioactive Substances Act 1993. They must comply with the relevant regulations governing the use and storage of radioactive substances

1278
Q

Environmental Protection (England and Wales) Regulations replacing Radioactive Substances 1993 act:
Once a hospital is registered, there is no stipulation or enforcement on the methods of radioactive waste disposal.

A

False – Once a hospital is registered under the act, there are strict stipulations and enforcement regarding radioactive waste disposal methods, ensuring safe handling and minimal environmental impact

1279
Q

Environmental Protection (England and Wales) Regulations replacing Radioactive Substances 1993 act:
All hospitals using radioactive substances are subjected to strict disposal limits for radioactive substances.

A

True – All hospitals using radioactive substances are subject to strict disposal limits, with regulatory oversight ensuring compliance with dose and disposal restrictions

1280
Q

Disposal methods of radioactive waste:
Gas can be disposed by venting it to the atmosphere.

A

True – Gas containing radioactive substances can be vented into the atmosphere, provided it meets regulatory limits and is handled through an extraction system.

1281
Q

Disposal methods of radioactive waste:
Aqueous liquid diluted with water can be disposed into the sewers.

A

True – Aqueous liquid waste may be diluted with water and disposed of into sewers, as long as it meets the permissible concentration limits

1282
Q

Disposal methods of radioactive waste:
Organic liquid must be disposed to an authorized contractor.

A

True – Organic liquid waste must be disposed of through an authorized contractor who is licensed to handle and process radioactive waste

1283
Q

Disposal methods of radioactive waste:
Solid waste must be disposed to authorized incinerators or waste contractors.

A

True – Solid radioactive waste must be disposed of via authorized incinerators or waste contractors in compliance with regulatory requirements

1284
Q

Disposal methods of radioactive waste:
Contaminated clothing and bedding is bagged and securely stored until the activity is sufficiently decayed for release to the laundry.

A

True – Contaminated clothing and bedding should be bagged and securely stored until the radioactivity has decayed to a safe level, at which point it may be sent to the laundry

1285
Q

Precautions in handling radionuclides:
Internal radiation occurs from accidental ingestion or inhalation of radionuclide.

A

True – Internal radiation exposure occurs from accidental ingestion or inhalation of radionuclides

1286
Q

Precautions in handling radionuclides:
Patients containing radioactivity are not a source of external radiation.

A

False: Patients containing radioactivity are a source of external radiation hence distance,
shielding, and time should be applied to protect staff and the public.

Patients containing radioactivity are a source of external radiation, especially for high-energy gamma emitters

1287
Q

Precautions in handling radionuclides:
2.5mm lead aprons are effective in providing adequate radiation protection when manipulating radiopharmaceuticals.

A

False – 2.5mm lead aprons are not effective for radiation protection when manipulating radiopharmaceuticals because lead aprons mainly protect against scatter radiation rather than direct exposure from high-energy gamma emitters

1287
Q

Precautions in handling radionuclides:
Personal protection should be made by distance, shielding, and time.

A

True – Personal protection against radiation should be implemented by using distance, shielding, and time as fundamental principles

1288
Q

Precautions in handling radionuclides:
Dose reduction is achieved by using forceps and syringe shields when handling radionuclides.

A

True – Dose reduction can be achieved using forceps and syringe shields when handling radionuclides to minimize direct hand exposure

1289
Q

Precautions in nuclear medicine:
Patient dose from a bone scan injection is reduced by encouraging high oral intake of water and by frequent micturation.

A

True: This will reduce the dose to the gonads and to the pelvic bone marrow in radionuclides which are excreted by the kidneys.

1290
Q

Precautions in nuclear medicine:
Children are given radiopharmaceuticals of higher activity than adults due to their increased metabolism in order to achieve an adequate diagnostic image.

A

False – Children are not given higher activity than adults to compensate for increased metabolism. Instead, pediatric dosing is scaled down based on body weight to achieve an adequate diagnostic image while minimizing radiation exposure

1291
Q

Precautions in nuclear medicine:
Female patients should avoid conception for a given period after the administration of a radionuclide with a long half-life.

A

True – Female patients should avoid conception for a specified period after administration of radionuclides with long half-lives, especially therapeutic isotopes like Iodine-131 and Strontium-89, due to their long biological clearance times

1292
Q

Precautions in nuclear medicine:
Examinations resulting in a foetal dose greater than 10mSv should be avoided in
pregnant patients.

A

True – Examinations resulting in a foetal dose greater than 10 mSv should be avoided in pregnant patients unless absolutely necessary

1293
Q

Precautions in nuclear medicine:
Cessation of breast feeding is not necessary when lactating mothers are given therapeutic doses of lodine-131

A

False – Cessation of breastfeeding is necessary when lactating mothers receive therapeutic doses of Iodine-131, as radioiodine is excreted in breast milk and can expose the infant to radiation

1294
Q

Nucmed: All doses must be as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).

1295
Q

Nucmed: Diagnostic reference levels are equivalent to dose limits.

A

False – Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs) are not equivalent to dose limits; they serve as guidelines to optimize imaging doses rather than hard limits

1296
Q

Nucmed: Diagnostic reference levels may be exceeded in tall obese patients.

1297
Q

Nucmed: Diagnostic reference levels are produced by Ionising Radiation Regulations 1999.

A

Administration of Radioactive Substances Advisory Committee (ARSAC) provides Diagnostic Reference Levels (DRLs) for common nuclear medicine examinations in the UK.

These DRLs are detailed in the ARSAC Notes for Guidance

1298
Q

Nucmed: Organ dose can be calculated by the Medical Internal Radiation Dose (MIRO) scheme.

A

True – Organ dose can be calculated using the Medical Internal Radiation Dose (MIRD) scheme, which estimates internal radiation dose from radiopharmaceuticals.

1299
Q

Concerning diagnostic ultrasound: It has a wavelength in soft tissue of 0.1-1.5 nanometres.

A

False: The wavelength in soft tissue is between 0.1-1.5 millimetres.

1300
Q

The ultrasound beam cannot be focused.

A

False: It can be focused either by
- applying an acoustic lens to the transducer or
- by using curved transducer crystals
- In array transducers focusing can also be achieved electronicall

1301
Q

Concerning diagnostic ultrasound: Ionization of soft tissue may occur at frequencies greater than 1MHz.

A

False: Only ionizing radiation, such as x-rays and gamma rays, can cause ionization in tissue. Ultrasound is a mechanical sound wave and therefore cannot cause this.

1301
Q

US uses frequencies between 2-15MHz

1302
Q

US is audible

A

False:The upper limit of human hearing is 20KHz.

1303
Q

The speed of ultrasound remains constant through different tissue.

1304
Q

US: It has an average speed of 300m/s in soft tissue.

A

FALSE. The average speed of ultrasound in soft tissue is ~1540 m/s, not 300 m/s.

1304
Q

US: A change in acoustic impedance between two media causes refraction.

A

FALSE. Refraction occurs due to a change in sound speed when crossing an interface at an oblique angle, as per Snell’s Law.

1304
Q

US: The time gain compensator (TGC) can be used to decrease the amplitude of strong echoes behind fluid filled structures.

1305
Q

US: TGC is used to enhance echoes from deeper structures.

1306
Q

US: Using tissue harmonic imaging in the obese patient can improve tissue contrast as it suppresses the effect of sidelobe and reverberation artefacts.

1307
Q

US: Ultrasound is a transverse wave

A

False: Ultrasound is a longitudinal wave; the molecules vibrate back and forth in the same direction as the wave is travelling.

1308
Q

US: The intensity of ultrasound is measured in watts per centimetre squared.

1309
Q

US: In pulse-echo imaging the depth of an interface d = ct, where c is the velocity of sound, and t is the time of travel of the pulse.

A

FALSE: This would actually give twice the depth as the pulse has travelled to the interface and returned in this time. D = ct / 2

1310
Q

Attenuation of ultrasound results in the heating of tissues.

1310
Q

The velocity of ultrasound in tissue is affected by the: Frequency or wavelength

1311
Q

US velocity is affected by temperature

A

True. Density decreases and stiffness increases so FASTER

1311
Q

US velocity is affected by tissue compressibility.

A

True. Compressibility is the inverse of stiffness (bulk modulus).

1311
Q

US velocity is affected by tissue density

A

True.

BUT Stiffness has a greater impact than density on sound velocity in soft tissues.

1311
Q

US: Magnitude of echoes is proportional to the sum of impedances of tissues.

A

False:The reflected intensity is related to the difference in impedance divided by the sum of impedances at an interface.

1312
Q

The acoustic impedance of a tissue is directly proportional to its density.

A

True.

Z = ρc
* Z = Acoustic impedance (kg/m²s)
* ρ = Density of the tissue (kg/m³)
* c = Speed of sound in the tissue (m/s)

1313
Q

At the soft tissue-air interface, over 99% of the energy is reflected.

1313
Q

The velocity of sound in tissue tends to increase with the density of the tissue.

A

False: Velocity of sound is inversely proportional to the square root of the tissue density.

1314
Q

To detect tissue boundaries with pulsed US: It is desirable that the incident beam strikes the tissue surfaces at right angles.

1314
Q

The acoustic impedance of a tissue is constant within the diagnostic frequency range.

1315
Q

To detect tissue boundaries with pulsed US:
B. The acoustic impedance on each side of the boundary should be the same.

1316
Q

To detect tissue boundaries with pulsed US:
At least 5% of the incident beam must be reflected back to the transducer.

A

FALSE:
Reflection coefficients for all soft tissue interfaces are less than 5%,
e.g. soft tissue - muscle interface has a reflection coefficient of 0.04% !!!

1317
Q

To detect tissue boundaries with pulsed US:
There must be a difference between the product of density and propagation velocity for the tissues on each side of the boundary.

A

TRUE. Z = ρc

Z = ρc
* Z = Acoustic impedance (kg/m²s)
* ρ = Density of the tissue (kg/m³)
* c = Speed of sound in the tissue (m/s)

1318
Q

To detect tissue boundaries with pulsed US: The reflective surface must be stationary.

A

False: Heart valves are seen despite not being stationary.

1319
Q

In diagnostic ultrasound: velocity of sound in the liver is twice the velocity in muscle.

A

False:There is minimal change in velocity within soft tissues hence an assumption of 1540m/s is used.

1320
Q

Velocity of sound is dependent of the temperature.

A

True: For example the velocity of sound in water at 20°C is 1480m/s but is 1570m/s at
37°C.

1321
Q

The absorption of ultrasound in tissues is frequency dependent.

A

True: Absorption is a major component of the attenuation of ultrasound which is frequency dependent.

1322
Q

For a constant angle of incidence, the deviation of the refracted ultrasound beam will be greater at a soft tissue-bone interface than at a muscle-fluid interface.

A

True: The greater the difference in speed of sound between two media, the greater the degree of refraction.

1323
Q

The acoustic impedance of tissue is inversely proportional to its density.

A

Z = ρc

Z = ρc
* Z = Acoustic impedance (kg/m²s)
* ρ = Density of the tissue (kg/m³)
* c = Speed of sound in the tissue (m/s)

1324
Q

40% of ultrasound is reflected from a bone and muscle interface.

A

Approximately 40-45% of ultrasound is reflected at a bone-muscle interface, making the statement approximately correct

1324
Q

A frequency of greater than 10MHz is normally used for an abdominal scan.

A

FALSE.

Lower frequencies (e.g., 2-5 MHz) penetrate deeper but have lower resolution, which is essential for imaging deep abdominal structures like the liver, kidneys, and pancreas.

1324
Q

The maximum pulse repetition frequency (PRF) is limited by the maximum depth to be sampled.

1325
Q

US: Refraction is a cause of spatial artefacts.

1326
Q

A piezoelectric crystal resonates at the frequency at which the wavelength is equal to the thickness of the crystal.

A

FALSE.

Crystal thickness is HALF WAVELENGTH
or rephrased Wavelength is DOUBLE Crystal thickness

1327
Q

Ultrasound is converted to thermal energy as it propagates through tissue.

1328
Q

Fluid absorbs ultrasound to a greater degree than soft tissue.

A

FALSE. Fluid attenuates ultrasound less than soft tissue, hence post cystic enhancement.

1328
Q

Increased beam frequency decreases tissue absorption.

1329
Q

High frequency ultrasound is less penetrative than low frequency ultrasound.

1330
Q

Ultrasound is generated and detected by thin piezoelectric discs, commonly made of lead zirconate titanate (PZT).

A

TRUE PZT = P is lead Z is zirconate T = Titanate

1331
Q

Transducer thickness is chosen to guarantee resonance at the required frequency.

A

True. Resonance of the crystal is dependent on the thickness and not the diameter:

1332
Q

A backing layer is included to ensure rapid damping of the transducer vibration.

1333
Q

An impedance matching layer is incorporated to achieve maximum energy transfer in and out of the patient.

1334
Q

The impedance matching layer results in a longer pulse and therefore has an adverse effect on pulse damping.

A

FALSE.

It is 1/4 wavelength thick to achieve this impedance matching

The matching layer does not extend pulse duration, but rather improves energy transfer and reduces reflection at the skin interface.

Pulse damping is determined by the Q-value of the transducer—a lower Q-value means better damping and shorter pulse duration.

1335
Q

The piezoelectric effect is when an electric potential is produced when a crystal undergoes a mechanical distortion.

1336
Q

The resonance frequency of the transducer crystal is dependent on the crystal diameter and not on its thickness.

A

Resonance of the crystal is dependent on the thickness and not the diameter:

1337
Q

Scatter in all directions occurs when the imaged structure has dimensions smaller than a wavelength of the ultrasound beam

1338
Q

Scatter allows small structures to be visualized as some scatter will reach the transducer.

1339
Q

Aliasing is a pulsed Doppler artefact.

1340
Q

High Quality (Q) transducers are more efficient transmitters.

A

True: Quality (Q) = Energy lost per cycle / energy stored per cycle.

High Q-value transducers have low damping, meaning they continue to ring for a longer duration after excitation. This makes them more efficient transmitters of ultrasound energy because less energy is lost in damping .

Key Points:
* High Q-value → Less damping, longer pulse duration, more efficient energy transfer.
* Low Q-value → More damping, shorter pulse duration, better axial resolution.

1341
Q

Low Q transducers are more efficient receivers.

A

True.

Low Q-value → More damping, shorter pulse duration, better axial resolution.

1342
Q

A heavily damped transducer has a low Q factor.

A

True.

Low Q-value → More damping, shorter pulse duration, better axial resolution.

1343
Q

A lightly damped transducer has a high Q factor.

A

High Q-value → Less damping, longer pulse duration, more efficient energy transfer

1344
Q

The thicker the piezoelectric crystal the higher the resonance frequency.

A

False: A thicker crystal has a lower resonance frequency and a longer wavelength than a thinner crystal.

1345
Q

Acoustic impedance is the product of density and frequency.

A

False: Acoustic impedance = density x velocity of sound

1345
Q

dB is the unit of acoustic impedance.

A

False: The decibel (dB) is a logarithmic unit used to compare one intensity with a reference intensity.

1345
Q

A mirror image artefact commonly occurs at the diaphragm.

1345
Q

Ultrasound travels faster in soft tissue than bone.

A

True 1540m/s in soft tissue
4080 m/s in bone
330 m/s in air

1346
Q

Acoustic impedance is measured in milligrams per metre per second.

A

Kilogram per metre square per second.

1347
Q

E. Echoes from A-mode scans are displayed as a series of dots.

A

FALSE.

Echoes from A-mode are displayed as spikes and in B-mode are displayed as a series of dots.

In A-mode (Amplitude mode) ultrasound, the returning echoes are displayed as spikes on a 1D graph, not as a series of dots. The amplitude of each spike represents the strength of the echo from different tissue interfaces along the ultrasound beam path

1347
Q

A-mode scans can be used to measure the diameter of the eye.

1348
Q

Scatter contributes towards attenuation.

A

True: Attenuation is made up of absorption and scatter.

1348
Q

Ultrasound is attenuated exponentially with depth.

1348
Q

Attenuation of ultrasound is measured in kilograms per square metre per second.

A

FALSE. That’s acoustic impedance, Z.

Attenuation of US is measured in decibels per centimetre

1349
Q

Cavitation is a resonance phenomenon.

1350
Q

Attenuation in ultrasound: Consists of absorption, reflection, and scatter.

A

True.

Attenuation is the loss of ultrasound energy as it travels through tissue.
The three main contributors to attenuation are:
* Absorption (conversion of sound energy into heat)
* Reflection (sound waves bouncing off interfaces)
* Scatter (redirection of sound waves by small structures)

1351
Q

Attenuation is halved when the path length is doubled.

A

Attenuation increases linearly with distance:

Total attenuation = attenuation coefficient x path length

1352
Q

Absorption is the conversion of sound to heat.

A

Absorption is the primary cause of attenuation and occurs when ultrasound energy is converted into heat within tissues .

1353
Q

A continuous alternating voltage applied to a transducer produces pulsed ultrasound.

A

False: A continuous alternating voltage applied to a transducer produces continuous ultrasound.

1354
Q

Frequency increases as the thickness of the transducer increases.

A

False: Frequency decreases as the thickness of the transducer increases.

1355
Q

Frequency bandwidth increases with decreasing pulse length.

1356
Q

Regarding ultrasound beam characteristics: The near field (Fresnel zone) diverges.

A

FALSE.

The near field (Fresnel zone) does not diverge; instead, it remains relatively parallel and well-defined. The ultrasound beam only begins to diverge in the far field (Fraunhofer zone)

1357
Q

The far field (Fraunhofer zone) extends a distance proportional to the square of the diameter of the transducer.

A

FALSE.

Near field = FRESNER = Diameter squared / 4 x wavelength

1358
Q

Side lobes are caused by radial (non-thickness) mode vibration of the transducer disc.

1359
Q

Side lobes may cause image artefacts.

1360
Q

Increasing the frequency or the diameter of the transducer increases the length of the near zone and decreases the divergence of the far zone.

A

TRUE.

  • Near field length increases with frequency (f) → Higher frequency means longer near field.
  • Near field length increases with transducer diameter (D²) → Larger diameter transducers provide a longer near field and better beam collimation.
  • Near field length is inversely proportional to the speed of sound (c), which is constant in soft tissue (~1540 m/s).
1361
Q

Axial resolution is the ability of the ultrasound beam to separate two interfaces along the axis of the ultrasound beam.

1362
Q

Azimuthal (lateral) resolution is the ability of ultrasound beam to separate two structures side by side at the same depth.

1363
Q

Axial resolution is generally better than lateral resolution.,

A

True

  1. Axial resolution is better than lateral resolution because:
    * It is dependent on shorter pulse length.
    * Higher frequency ultrasound improves axial resolution by reducing wavelength.
  2. Lateral resolution is limited by beam width, which varies with depth.
    * To resolve two structures laterally, the beam must be narrower than the space between the objects.
    * Beam focusing improves lateral resolution, but it is still generally worse than axial resolution.
  3. Axial resolution is always superior to lateral resolutio
1363
Q

In the axial plane, two interfaces will be differentiated if the distance between them is less than half of the spatial pulse length.

A

FALSE.

The best axial resolution achievable is half of the spatial pulse length.
Interfaces must be further apart to be resolvable.

1364
Q

Resolution in the near field improves with focusing and a larger diameter transducer.

A

FALSE.

Larger diameter transducers extend the near field but can widen the beam, worsening lateral resolution in the near field.

Smaller diameter transducers produce a naturally narrower beam in the near field, leading to better lateral resolution at shallower depths.

Mechanical or electronic focusing narrows the beam width, improving lateral resolution in the near field.

1365
Q

Lateral resolution: It is equal to the beam diameter.

A

TRUE.
Lateral resolution is determined by beam width, which depends on transducer focusing and beam divergence.

It is approximately equal to the beam diameter at the focal poin

1366
Q

Increasing frequency improves lateral resolution for a given transducer diameter.

A

TRUE.

Lateral resolution improves with higher frequency because a higher frequency results in a narrower beam width.

1367
Q

Lateral resolution does not vary with distance from the transducer.

A

FALSE.

Lateral resolution worsens with increasing depth due to beam divergence in the far field.
* It is best at the focal zone and degrades beyond it

1368
Q

A small transducer improves lateral resolution for any given distance.

A

FALSE.

In the Near Field:
* A smaller transducer diameter produces a narrower beam in the near field, leading to better lateral resolution at shallow depths.
* However, it also shortens the near field length, meaning the beam starts diverging sooner, worsening lateral resolution at deeper depths.

In the Far Field:
* A smaller transducer results in greater beam divergence, worsening lateral resolution as depth increases.
* A larger transducer diameter creates a longer near field and maintains a narrower beam width at greater depths, improving lateral resolution in the far field.

1369
Q

Lateral resolution is determined by damping.

A

False: Lateral resolution is determined by frequency, focusing, transducer diameter and distance from the transducer:

1370
Q

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: Direction of the beam

A

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: Direction of the beam

1371
Q

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: Focal length

A

True. Bigger U, shorter depth

1371
Q

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: The pulse repetition frequency.

A

True.

Phased arrays adjust PRF dynamically based on depth and beam steering, particularly in Doppler imaging.

1371
Q

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: The axial resolution.

A

True: Axial resolution depends on pulse length which can be altered by changing the transmit frequency.

1372
Q

In ultrasound a phased array can vary: The lateral resolution.

A

True: Lateral resolution depends on beam focusing which is varied by altering delay lines.

1372
Q

A-mode scans: B. A-mode scans are inaccurate in measuring the amplitude of echoes.

A

FALSE.

A-mode is actually highly accurate in measuring echo amplitude, which is why it is still used in some applications like ophthalmology.

The amplitude of returning echoes is directly displayed as spike height, making it reliable for intensity measurement

1372
Q

A-mode scans: Amplitudes of echoes are presented as vertical deflections on the screen.

1373
Q

The distance between targets cannot be measured with A-mode scans.

A

A-mode can measure distances between interfaces based on the time delay of returning echoes.

1374
Q

A-mode scans: Dedicated A-mode equipment is still frequently used

A

False: Dedicated A-mode equipment is rarely manufactured but it is used as an additional feature on B-scan equipment.

1375
Q

A-mode scans: Can measure foetal biparietal diameter.

A

A-mode can be used to measure the biparietal diameter (BPD) of the fetus, though B-mode is now preferred.
It was one of the earliest techniques for fetal measurements

1375
Q

B-mode scans: A. The beam axis (scan line) is swept through the area of interest to define a scan plane.

1376
Q

B-mode scans: BThe echoes from all scan lines are displayed as a two dimensional image of the scan plane.

1376
Q

B-mode scans: The amplitude of the echo is inversely proportional to the brightness of the corresponding point on the display.

A

False: The amplitude of the echo is proportional to the brightness of the corresponding point on the display.

1376
Q

B-mode scans: Multiple pulses are required per line to build up a single image.

A

False: Only a single pulse is required but multiple pulses may be used if, for example, multiple focal zones are being used.

1377
Q

B-mode scans: E. Can be used to produce a cross-sectional image of the eye and the orbit.

1378
Q

Time-gain compensation is used to: Improve lateral resolution.

A

False.
Lateral resolution is determined by beam width, focusing, and transducer characteristics, not by TGC

1379
Q

TGC: Compensate for the difference in time between the front and back of a signal.

A

False.
TGC is not related to the timing of signals, but rather to compensating for attenuation over depth

1380
Q

TGC: Compensate for the difference in attenuation between different tissues.

1381
Q

Compensate for the effect of attenuation with distance travelled within a medium.

1382
Q

TGC is used to Obtain similar intensity signals from all similar boundaries.

A

True. TGC helps in normalizing echo intensities so that boundaries at different depths produce similar signal amplitudes.

1383
Q

M-mode scans

Display the position of reflecting surfaces along a single scan line versus time.

1384
Q

M-mode scans

The echo brightness indicates the echo amplitude.

1384
Q

M-mode scans

The vertical co-ordinate represents time whilst the horizontal co-ordinate represents depth.

A

False. Opposite

1385
Q

M-mode sca
Each transmission-reception sequence is summated with the previous M-mode line.

A

True: Increasing intensity will increase echo amplitude at depth.

1386
Q

M-mode scans are primarily used in cardiac imaging.

1387
Q

To see deeper structures on US:

Reducing the frequency to lessen the effect of absorption.

1388
Q

To see deeper structures more readily on US:

Increasing the brightness of the display to show the weaker echoes.

A

False: Increasing the brightness of the display will also increase the brightness of the noise, hence it will not improve signal to noise ratio.

1388
Q

To see deeper structures on US:
Increase the ultrasound intensity.

1389
Q

US: Contrast agents improve image quality and information by increasing reflections from tissue containing the agents.

A

True

Microbubbles used as ultrasound contrast agents (UCAs) typically range in size from 1 to 10 micrometres (µm) in diameter. This size allows them to remain within the bloodstream without passing through the capillary walls, making them useful for contrast-enhanced ultrasound imaging.

1390
Q

Microbubbles can be destroyed by low intensity ultrasound.

A

False. High intensity.

1391
Q

Tissue harmonic imaging can increase reverberation artefacts.

A

False. Tends to reduce it.

1391
Q

Tissue harmonic imaging can decrease scatter and distortion from fatty tissues, and hence leads to an improvement in image contrast.

1392
Q

Doppler effect: The calculation of the change in frequency involves the sine of the angle between the incident and reflected direction.

A

False: It involves the COSINE of the angle between these directions.

1393
Q

Doppler shift frequency is directly proportional to:
The angle of the ultrasound (US) beam.

A

FALSE. COSINE ANGLE.

1394
Q

Doppler shift frequency is directly proportional to:
The speed of the target material.

A

IF it means speed of the target MATERIAL as in tissue = c = then NO INVERSELY proportional

If speed of the TARGET e.g. RBC = v = then YES directly proportional

1395
Q

Doppler shift frequency is directly proportional to: Beam intensity
Object size

A

BOTH FALSE. Irrelevant

1396
Q

Doppler shift frequency is directly proportional to: The frequency of the US beam.

A

TRUE.

f0 = transmitted ultrasound frequency

1397
Q

The maximum Doppler shift frequency that can be detected is half the PRF.

A

True.

This is known as the Nyquist limit, which states that the maximum detectable Doppler shift is half the Pulse Repetition Frequency (PRF):

f Nyquist = PRF / 2

1398
Q

Depth assessment requires gating.

A

True.

Pulsed Doppler uses a range gate to select echoes from a specific depth by timing their arrival.
This allows precise depth localization of blood flow velocity.

1399
Q

Doppler: The change in frequency is greatest with the beam perpendicular to the direction of flow.

A

FALSE.

Doppler shift is maximum when the ultrasound beam is parallel (0° or 180°) to flow and zero when perpendicular (90°).

1400
Q

Doppler: Sound velocity is increased by increased source motion.

A

False: Sound velocity is dependent on density and compressibility, not on how fast a source is moving.

Motion of the source does not change the speed of sound in tissue (1540 m/s). It only affects the Doppler shift frequency.

1401
Q

The intensity of the back scattered signal is independent of the beam frequency.

A

The intensity of the backscattered signal increases with higher ultrasound frequency due to greater interaction with small particles (e.g., red blood cells).

1401
Q

Doppler: It produces a change in frequency which is inversely proportional to the velocity of sound in the medium.

A

velocity of sound in the medium = c

1402
Q

Doppler: It requires a higher frequency than would be used for imaging.

1403
Q

The Doppler shift frequency is equal to 1 over the transmitted frequency.

1404
Q

Velocity of blood flow is most accurately measured when the ultrasound beam is less than 60° to the direction of blood flow.

A

True: This is because the velocity is related to the cosine of the angle.

At a 60-degree angle, a 5-degree error in angle measurement gives an error of 15% in the cosine of the angle.

At an 80-degree angle, the same 5-degree error in angle measurement would give an error of 50% in the cosine of the angle, resulting in large errors in velocity estimation.

1405
Q

Spectral analysis of pulsed wave Doppler signals is usually accomplished using an autocorrelation technique.

A

FALSE.

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is the technique used for spectral analysis in pulsed wave Doppler.

Autocorrelation is used for color Doppler imaging, not pulsed wave Doppler.

1405
Q

There is a maximum velocity which can be detected with DOPPLER.

A

False: There is no limit to the velocity that can be detected using continuous wave Doppler, a limit only applies when using pulsed Doppler.

1406
Q

Autocorrelation Technique in Doppler Ultrasound

A

Definition:
Autocorrelation is a mathematical signal-processing technique used in colour Doppler ultrasound to rapidly estimate the mean Doppler shift frequency and direction of blood flow at multiple points within a vessel.

Unlike Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), which is used in pulsed-wave spectral Doppler, autocorrelation is optimized for real-time colour flow imaging, where speed is prioritized over precision.

1407
Q

Doppler: PRF can be a limiting factor in the detection of signals from deep vessels.

A

True: Enough time must be allowed for echoes to return from deep structures before the next pulse can be sent out.

1408
Q

Doppler signals should preferably be acquired at angles between 30 and 60 degrees.

A

True.

Ideal range: 30° to 60°. At higher angles (>60°), small errors in angle estimation cause large velocity errors.

1409
Q

Pulsed Doppler: The Nyquist limit is determined by the PRF.

A

True Nyquist limit = PRF / 2

1410
Q

Pulsed Doppler: There is a maximum velocity that can de detected.

1411
Q

Max velocity in pulsed doppler

1412
Q

Pulsed Doppler: Using high PRF avoids range ambiguity.

A

False: Using a high PRF may create range ambiguity as echoes generated from deeper structures will arrive at the transducer shortly after the next pulse is transmitted and will be misregistered as coming from superficial structures.

1412
Q

Pulsed Doppler: Typical Doppler shift frequencies produced diagnostically are inaudible.

A

False: Typical Doppler shift frequencies produced are within audible range hence the use of loudspeakers as a primary output device.

1413
Q

Duplex scanning is a combination of Doppler measurement with a real time B-scan image.

1414
Q

US: A lower PRF is required to visualize deeper vessels.

A

True: More time must be allowed for echoes from deep structures to return to the transducer and therefore the number of pulses per second (PRF) has to be decreased.

1414
Q

Power Doppler differentiates between areas with flow and areas devoid of flow.

1415
Q

Differences between colour and power doppler

1415
Q

Differences between ALL the dopplers

1416
Q

Power Doppler is not subject to aliasing.

A

True.

Power Doppler is not subject to aliasing because it does not rely on frequency shifts but rather signal amplitude. However, it does not provide velocity or direction information, making it less useful for certain vascular assessments.

1417
Q

Tissue heating occurs in the therapeutic US range.

1417
Q

Acoustic streaming results from ultrasound energy being absorbed by a medium and has the potential to cause cellular damage.

A

False.

Acoustic streaming is a nonthermal bioeffect caused by ultrasound-induced fluid motion.

It does not cause direct cellular damage but may influence biological processes.

Cavitation (not acoustic streaming) is more likely to cause cellular damage.

1418
Q

Biological effects of ultrasound:

Transient (unstable) cavitation occurs when changes in pressure cause microbubbles to expand and contract until they implode with high temperature rises causing profound cellular damage.

A

TRUE.

Transient cavitation occurs at high acoustic pressures.
Microbubbles expand and collapse violently, generating:
- Localized high temperatures (~5000 K)
- High-pressure shock waves

This can cause severe cellular damage, unlike stable cavitation, which is less harmful.

1419
Q

Biological effects of ultrasound:

Transient cavitation most commonly occurs at low pressure and high frequencies.

A

False. Transient cavitation occurs at HIGH PRESSURE and LOW FREQUENCIES.

At low frequencies, bubbles grow larger before collapsing, increasing damage.

At high frequencies, bubble oscillations are more stable, reducing transient cavitation.

1419
Q

Biological effects of ultrasound:

If mechanical index (Ml) reaches 0.1 there is a possibility of minor damage to neonatal lung or intestine and exposure time should be limited.

A

FALSE.

British Medical Ultrasound Society (BMUS) guidelines, an MI greater than 0.3 may cause minor damage to neonatal lung or intestinal tissues. Therefore, exposure time should be minimized in such cases.

gas-containing structures (such as the bowel and lung) have an increased risk of cavitation when exposed to ultrasound

1420
Q

The highest intensity that can be measured in an ultrasound beam is the spatial peak temporal average intensity (ISPTA).

A

FALSE.

I SPTP – Spatial Peak Temporal Peak Intensity = Maximuminstantaneousintensityatthespatialpeak

NOT to be confused with

Spatial Peak Pulse Average Intensity
I SPPA = [Totalacousticenergyinonepulse] / [pulse duration]

Spatial Peak Temporal Average Intensity (ISPTA)

I SPTA = [Totalacousticenergydeliveredoveralongperiod] / [Total measurement in time including gaps between pulses]

1420
Q

MI thresholds for Ultrasound

A

For general diagnostic ultrasound, the MI should be less than 0.7.

For foetal and neonatal imaging, the MI should be less than 0.5.

MI values greater than 0.7 should never be used with ultrasound contrast agents due to increased cavitation risk

1421
Q

The intensity of an ultrasound beam in water is greatest in the focal region.

A

True. Narrowest part of beam

1422
Q

Intensity of diagnostic ultrasound:

The time-averaged intensity must never exceed 100mW/cm2.

A

The BMUS guidelines state that the recommended safe time-averaged intensity limit is <100mW/cm², but this is not a strict upper limit in all cases​

1423
Q

ISPTA is generally highest in pulsed Doppler mode.

A

True.

ISPTA (Spatial Peak Temporal Average Intensity) represents the average intensity over time at the most intense location in the ultrasound beam.

The duty cycle (percentage of time the transducer is actively transmitting) is much higher in pulsed Doppler than in B-mode.

1424
Q

To estimate intensity in tissue, the acoustic pressure inUSwater is measured using a hydrophone and a derating factor is applied to allow for the effects of attenuation.

A

True: An attenuation rate of 0.3dB/cm/MHz is assumed to estimate the intensity in tissue.

1424
Q

US thermal index (TI) gives an indication of the temperature rise in tissue.

A

True. The Thermal Index (TI) measures the ability of ultrasound to heat local tissue​

1424
Q

TI is the ratio of the in situ acoustic power to the power required to increase the tissue temperature by 10°C.

A

FALSE.

TI =
[Poweremitted]
/
[Power to increase tissue by 1 degrees C]

1425
Q

Thermal Index safety table

1426
Q

Mechanical Index safety table

1427
Q

TIB refers to the thermal index to be used if bone is situated at the surface (i.e. transcranial applications).

A

FALSE.

TIB (Bone TI) - Used when bone is near the FOCAL REGION (e.g., second and third trimester fetal ultrasound).

TIC (Cranial TI) - Used when bone is at the surface (e.g., transcranial applications).

1427
Q

The mechanical index (Ml) is defined as the derated peak rarefactional pressure divided by the square root of frequency.

A

TRUE

Peak rarefactional pressure refers to the negative pressure in the ultrasound wave that contributes to bubble formation (cavitation).

“Derated” pressure means the actual pressure in tissue, adjusted for attenuation effects in soft tissue.

The square root of frequency is used in the denominator because higher frequencies reduce the risk of cavitation.

This formula provides a measure of the likelihood of cavitation effects in tissue

1428
Q

The mechanical index (Ml) is a guide to the likelihood to cavitation.

1429
Q

Thermal index (TI) in ultrasound:
ls inversely proportional to the power emitted.

A

FALSE. DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL

1430
Q

Thermal index (TI) in ultrasound:
US:A TI of less than 0.5 is considered safe.

A

TRUE.

BMUS guidelines state that a TI < 0.5 is below the threshold for any significant biological effects​

1431
Q

Thermal index (TI) in ultrasound:

The scanning time of an embryo or foetus should be reduced when the thermal index is greater than 1.

A

TRUE.

BMUS guidelines recommend limiting exposure time when TI > 1, particularly in fetal imaging​.

1432
Q

Thermal index (TI) in ultrasound:

Particular care should be taken to reduce output and minimize the exposure time of an embryo or foetus when scanning a febrile patient.

A

TRUE.

A febrile patient already has an elevated baseline temperature, making additional heating from ultrasound more significant. BMUS recommends extra caution in such cases​

1433
Q

Thermal index (TI) in ultrasound:

Real time values of Tl and Ml must always be displayed on the scanner.

A

FALSE.

MI must be displayed when it exceeds 1.0 in B-mode imaging​

TI is only required to be displayed when it exceeds 0.4 in Doppler mode

1434
Q

US Safety: Tissue heating damaging foetal dividing cells during the first 8 weeks of gestation is of particular concern.

A

True

Tissue heating can be particularly harmful to rapidly dividing foetal cells in the first 8 weeks of gestation.

This is a critical period of organogenesis, and temperature elevations can increase the risk of developmental abnormalities.

1435
Q

Tissue heating in ultrasound:

Temperature increase to the foetus in excess of 1.5°C is potentially hazardous and exposure time should be limited.

A

TRUE.

The BMUS guidelines highlight that a temperature rise greater than 1.5°C above baseline can be potentially hazardous, particularly in foetal tissues.

Exposure time should be minimised, especially in early pregnancy, to reduce thermal risk.

1436
Q

Tissue heating in ultrasound:

B-mode causes a higher temperature rise than pulsed Doppler mode for the same given time.

A

TRUE.

Pulsed Doppler mode produces a higher temperature rise than B-mode.

This is due to its higher intensity and longer dwell time in a focused region, increasing thermal effects.

Pulsed Doppler mode also has greater heating potential due to the high pulse repetition frequencies and the pulse lengths used.

1436
Q

Tissue heating in ultrasound:

The temperature rise in soft tissue is greater than bone.

A

FALSE.

Bone is associated with the highest temperature rise secondary to its high absorption coefficient.

bone absorbs more ultrasound energy than soft tissue, leading to a greater temperature rise in bone. This is particularly relevant in later pregnancy when ossified foetal bones can experience localised heating.

1438
Q

Tissue heating in ultrasound:

Pre-existing temperature elevation and the heat from the probe are additives to tissue heating.

A

The BMUS safety guidelines acknowledge that pre-existing temperature elevation (e.g., maternal fever) and probe-generated heat contribute additively to tissue heating. This cumulative effect should be considered when performing obstetric ultrasound scans.

1439
Q

The gyromagnetic ratio of a hydrogen (1H) atom is 42.57 MHz T-1.

1440
Q

Spin-lattice relaxation describes the decay of transverse magnetization.

A

False: This is spin-spin relaxation.

1441
Q

The time constant ofT2 is always shorter than the time constant of T1 for the same tissue.

1442
Q

Only hydrogen nuclei are said to be MR active.

A

False: Nuclei with an odd number of protons are said to be MR active.

These include Hydrogen-1, Carbon-13, Fluorine-19, Phosphorous-31, Nitrogen-15, Oxygen-17, Sodium-23, etc.

1443
Q

Faraday’s law of induction states that the change in magnetic flux through a closed circuit induces an electromotive force (electric current) in the circuit.

A

True: This electromagnetic induction is a basic principle of MRI. This principle is also applied to various other devices such as graphics tablets, loudspeakers, and electric guitar pickups.

1444
Q

The strength of the magnetic field (B) is measured in gauss (G).

A

True: The strength of the magnetic field (B) is measured in both Gauss and Tesla.

Tesla is the SI unit for magnetic flux density.

1445
Q

An MR active nucleus spins at its own precessional frequency.

A

False: They only precess when under the influence of an external magnetic field.

1446
Q

The temperature of the sample does not affect the magnetic moments of hydrogen atoms.

A

True.

The magnetic moment of hydrogen nuclei (protons) arises from their intrinsic spin.

While the intrinsic magnetic moment itself is not temperature-dependent, the net magnetization (M₀) of a sample in an external magnetic field is affected by temperature.

According to Boltzmann distribution, at higher temperatures, more hydrogen nuclei are in an excited state (higher energy level), reducing the net alignment with the external magnetic field.

The equilibrium longitudinal magnetization (M₀) is proportional to 1/𝑇 (temperature-dependent), meaning that as temperature increases, the net magnetization decreases.

1447
Q

By applying an RF 90 to the B0:
The net magnetization vector rotates around the transverse plane inducing signal across the receiver coil by inducing a voltage within it.

A

TRUE.

Once in the transverse plane, M₀ precesses at the Larmor frequency, generating an electromagnetic signal that is detected by the receiver coil via Faraday’s Law of Induction.

1447
Q

By applying an RF 90 to the B0:
Nuclei are flipped onto their sides in the transverse plane.

A

FALSE.

The physical nuclei do not move or “flip” in space. Instead, their magnetic moments (or the net magnetization vector) change orientation relative to the external magnetic field (B₀).

A 90-degree RF pulse rotates the net magnetization vector (M₀) from the longitudinal (z-axis) to the transverse plane (xy-plane).

1448
Q

By applying an RF 90 to the B0:
Some nuclei gain enough energy to join the high energy population.

A

TRUE.

Protons transition from the low-energy state (aligned with B₀) to the high-energy state (anti-parallel to B₀), in accordance with the Boltzmann distribution.

1449
Q

By applying an RF 90 to the B0:
The magnetic moments of the nuclei move out of phase of each other.

A

FALSE. RF pulse actually synchronizes the phase of the spins, creating phase coherence in the transverse plane.

1450
Q

Water has high molecular motion (inherent energy) and therefore decays faster than fat.

A

False: Water decays slower than fat because it has faster molecular motion (inherent energy) than fat.

The faster the molecular motion the more difficult it is for a substance to release energy to its surroundings.

Water molecules exhibit higher molecular motion due to weaker intermolecular forces.

T1 IS LONG FOR WATER

1450
Q

Shim coils are used to combat inhomogeneities caused by the external magnetic field.

1450
Q

ecay is due to dephasing caused by inhomogeneities of the external magnetic field.

A

False: this is T2*.T2 dephasing is caused by spin-spin energy transfer.

1450
Q

Fat has low molecular motion (inherent energy) and therefore recovers quicker than water.

A

True.

T1 relaxation (spin-lattice relaxation) is faster in fat than in water, meaning that fat recovers its longitudinal magnetization more quickly.

This is why fat appears bright on T1-weighted images, while water appears darker due to its longer T1 recovery time.

1451
Q

By applying an RF 90 to the B0:
There is energy absorption.

A

TRUE.

When an RF pulse is applied at the Larmor frequency, protons absorb energy from the electromagnetic field, causing transitions between energy states.

This is a fundamental principle of resonance in MRI.

1451
Q

T1 recovery time is defined as the time it takes for 100% of the longitudinal magnetization to recover.

A

False: T1 is defined as the time it takes for 63% of the longitudinal magnetization to recover.

T1 GOES FIRST so takes 2/3rd share

1452
Q

Using a long TR (time to repetition) allows saturation to occur which enhances contrast.

A

FALSE.

Saturation effects in MRI refer to a condition where the longitudinal magnetization (M₀) does not fully recover before the next RF pulse is applied. This affects signal intensity and contrast in different MRI sequences.

Long TR actually minimizes saturation effects, allowing full T1 recovery before the next RF pulse.

Short TR leads to saturation effects, meaning there is incomplete recovery of longitudinal magnetization before the next RF pulse.

1453
Q

Water has a short T1 recovery time.

A

FALSE.

Water has a long T1 recovery time, meaning it takes longer to return to its equilibrium longitudinal magnetization.

This is why water appears dark on T1-weighted images.

1453
Q

Fat has a short T1 recovery time.

A

True.

This is why fat appears bright on T1-weighted images, as it recovers quickly between RF pulses and emits stronger signals.

1454
Q

In a proton density (PD) image, long TR is used to allow for saturation to occur to enhance contrast

A

False: In PD weighted images, a long TR is used to allow full recovery of the longitudinal components of fat and water.

There is no contrast difference and any differences seen are inherent to the proton density differences of each tissue. No saturation occurs.

1455
Q

T1 recovery of fat is shorter than that of water.

A

True.

Fat has a shorter T1 recovery time than water, meaning it returns to equilibrium (longitudinal magnetization) faster.

1455
Q

T2 decay of fat is shorter than that of water.

A

True: Fat has a short T1 recovery AND T2 decay compared to water.

T2 relaxation (spin-spin dephasing) is influenced by molecular interactions, and fat has stronger dipole-dipole interactions, leading to a shorter T2 time.

Water has a longer T2 decay time, meaning it retains transverse magnetization longer and appears bright on T2-weighted images.

1455
Q

Tissues with low proton density such as air alwappear as a low signal on an MR image.

1456
Q

T1 recovery time is defined as the time it takes for 63% of the longitudinal magnetization to recover.

A

True.

T1 recovery time is the time required for longitudinal magnetization to recover to 63% of its equilibrium value.

1457
Q

T2 decay time is defined as the time it takes for 63% of transverse magnetization to be lost due to dephasing.

A

True.

T2 decay time is the time it takes for transverse magnetization to decay to 37% (or 1/𝑒 of its original value, which means that 63% of the signal is lost.

1457
Q

RegardingT1-weighted images

Fat appears as a high signal.

A

Fat has a short T1 recovery time, meaning it quickly regains longitudinal magnetization and emits a strong signal when the next RF pulse is applied.

This results in fat appearing bright (high signal) on T1-weighted images.

1458
Q

Regarding T1-weighted images:

Slow flowing blood appears as a low signal.

A

FALSE.

In spin-echo sequences, slow-flowing blood may exhibit high signal because it remains in the imaging plane long enough to experience multiple RF excitations and recover longitudinal magnetization, leading to a bright appearance.

Fast-flowing blood, on the other hand, often appears dark due to flow voids (it moves out of the imaging plane before it can be fully excited and contribute to the MR signal).

1459
Q

RegardingT1-weighted images

Water appears as a low signal.

A

Water has a long T1 recovery time, meaning it takes longer to return to equilibrium longitudinal magnetization.

Because of this, water appears dark (low signal) on T1-weighted images.

1459
Q

Regarding T1-weighted images

Typical time to echo (TE) is 80 ms.

A

T1-weighted images use a short TE, typically around 10-30 ms.

A TE of 80 ms is more typical for T2-weighted imaging, not T1-weighted imaging.

1460
Q

Regarding T1-weighted images

Typical TR is 300-600 ms

A

TRUE.

T1-weighted images use a short TR, typically in the range of 300-600 ms, to allow for partial T1 recovery while still emphasizing T1 contrast.

A short TR ensures that tissues with shorter T1 (such as fat) appear bright, while tissues with longer T1 (such as water) remain darker.

1461
Q

T2-weighted images using spin echo:
Haemangiomas appear as high signal.

A

True

Haemangiomas (vascular lesions) often appear as high signal on T2-weighted images because they contain slow-flowing blood and fluid-filled spaces, both of which have long T2 relaxation times.

1461
Q

T2-weighted images using spin echo:
Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) appears as high signal.

A

CSF has a long T2 relaxation time, meaning it retains transverse magnetization for a longer duration.

T2-weighted imaging highlights fluids, so CSF appears bright (high signal) due to its long T2.

1462
Q

T2-weighted images using spin echo:
Lipomas appear as high signal.

A

False: Lipomas consist mostly of fat and therefore appear as a low signal because they lose most of their transverse coherence during a long TE.

However, using fast spin echo (FSE), fat remains a high signal secondary to the J-coupling phenomenon.

1463
Q

T2-weighted images using spin echo:

Most pathologies are high signal on T2-weighted image.

A

True.

T2-weighted imaging is highly sensitive to pathology because most pathological tissues have increased water content (e.g., inflammation, edema, tumors).

Since water has a long T2 relaxation time, most pathologies appear bright (high signal) on T2-weighted images.

1464
Q

T2-weighted images using spin echo:
Typical TR is 2000ms.

A

True.

A typical TE for a T2-weighted spin-echo sequence is around 80–120 ms.

1464
Q

Regarding proton density(PD)-images

A

Cortical bone has very low proton density, meaning it contains very few mobile hydrogen protons to generate a signal.

As a result, cortical bone appears as a low signal (dark) on PD-weighted images.

1465
Q

Regarding proton density(PD)-images
CSF appears as a high signal

A

CSF has a high proton density because it consists mostly of free water.

1465
Q

Regarding proton density(PD)-images
T1 effect is reduced by selecting short TE.

A

False: T1 effect is reduced by selecting long TR.

1466
Q

Regarding proton density(PD)-images
T2 effect is reduced by selecting long TR

A

False: T2 effect is reduced by selecting short TE.

1467
Q

Regarding proton density(PD)-images
Typically uses short TE and long TR.

1468
Q

Typical relaxation times of tissues in a field of 1T:
T2 of fat is typically 80ms.

A

True.

In 1 Tesla:

Fat:
T2: Approximately 60–80 ms
T1: Approximately 240–250 ms

1469
Q

Typical relaxation times of tissues in a field of 1T:
T1 of CSF is typically 150 ms.

A

FALSE.

CSF has a very long T1 relaxation time.

At 1T, the T1 of CSF is approximately 2000–2500 ms, depending on temperature and exact conditions.

1469
Q

Typical relaxation times of tissues in a field of 1T:
T1 of water is typically 3000ms.

A

True.

Water has a long T1 (~3000 ms at 1T).

1470
Q

Typical relaxation times of tissues in a field of 1T:
T2 of CSF is typically 150ms.

A

True.

T2 of CSF is ~140-180 ms at 1T.

1471
Q

Typical relaxation times of tissues in a field of 1T:
T2 of water is typically 3000ms.

A

True.

T2 of water is typically 3000ms.

1471
Q

The following are contraindications in MRI examinations:
Prosthetic heart valves.

A

False.

Most modern prosthetic heart valves are MRI-safe, but older ferromagnetic models may pose a risk. Evaluation is case-dependent.

1471
Q

The following are contraindications in MRI examinations:
Cochlear implants.

A

True.

Cochlear implants contain metallic components that can be hazardous in an MRI scanner, making them a strong contraindication.

1472
Q

The following are contraindications in MRI examinations:

Cardiac pacemakers.

A

True.

Pacemakers are a well-known MRI contraindication, as the strong magnetic field can interfere with their function. Newer MRI-conditional models exist but require specific protocols.

1473
Q

The following are contraindications in MRI examinations:

Intra-ocular ferrous foreign body.

A

TRUE.

Metallic (ferrous) foreign bodies in the eye pose a serious risk, as MRI can cause them to move, leading to severe injury.

1474
Q

The following are contraindications in MRI examinations:

Orthopaedic implants.

A

False.

Most orthopaedic implants show no deflection within the main magnetic fields. Although some theoretical risk of heating can occur secondary to induced currents, this is thought to be minimal.

1475
Q

adient echo uses a fixed flip angle of 90 degrees.

A

False.

Gradient echo sequences use a variable flip angle, which is typically much lower than 90 degrees to allow for faster imaging.

1476
Q

Gradient echo is a fast sequence when compared with spin echo.

A

True.

Gradient echo sequences are designed to be faster than spin echo by using shorter TR and flip angles, omitting the 180-degree rephasing pulse.

1477
Q

Gradient echo produces true T2 weighted images

A

FALSE.

Gradient echo sequences do not produce true T2-weighted images; they are T2-weighted because they do not compensate for field inhomogeneities.*

1478
Q

In fast or turbo spin echo sequences, TR is shorter than in conventional spin echo.

A

FALSE.

In turbo spin echo (TSE), TR is often lengthened to allow multiple echoes to be collected per TR cycle, improving signal-to-noise ratio.

1479
Q

Regarding spin echo sequences:
In T2-weighted scans on fast or turbo spin echo sequences, fat appears as high signal.

A

TRUE.

This is due to a succession of 180 degree RF pulses which reduce the spin-spin interactions in fat thereby increasing its T2 decay time (also known as J coupling).

Due to multiple 180-degree pulses in TSE, J-coupling effects cause fat to appear bright on T2-weighted turbo spin echo images.

1480
Q

Regarding spin echo sequences:

In T2 weighted scans on fast or turbo spin echo sequences, water appears as high signal.

A

True.
Water retains its high signal intensity on T2-weighted turbo spin echo sequences because it has a long T2 relaxation time.

1481
Q

Regarding spin echo sequences:

In inversion recovery, the sequence starts with a 180-degree inverting pulse.

A

TRUE.

In inversion recovery sequences, a 180-degree pulse is applied first to invert the longitudinal magnetization before the standard spin echo process begins.

1482
Q

Regarding inversion recovery sequences:

The TR is the time between successive 180 degrees inverting pulse.

A

FALSE.

I an inversion recovery sequence, the “TR” (repetition time) refers to the time between successive 90-degree excitation pulses.

NOT the 180-degree inverting pulses;

The key parameter for manipulating contrast in an inversion recovery sequence is the “TI” (inversion time), which is the time between the 180-degree inverting pulse and the following 90-degree excitation pulse.

1483
Q

Fluid-attenuated inversion recovery (FLAIR) uses a short time to inversion (TI).

A

FALSE.

FLAIR uses a long TI (~2000 ms) to null the signal from CSF. A short TI would not effectively suppress CSF.

CSF has a long T1

1483
Q

Regarding inversion recovery sequences:
Time to inversion (TI) is the time between successive 180 degrees pulse.

A

False: TI is the time between 180 degrees pulse and the 90 degree pulse.

1484
Q

Regarding inversion recovery sequences:

Time to inversion (TI) is used as a T1 contrast control.

A

True.

TI controls the degree of T1 contrast by determining how much longitudinal magnetization has recovered before the excitation pulse is applied. Aim is NET ZERO before the 90 flip to SUPPRESS.

1485
Q

FLAIR is used to null the signal from CSF.

A

FLAIR is specifically designed to suppress CSF signal, making it useful for detecting pathology in periventricular areas.

1486
Q

TR used in gradient echo is shorter than in spin echo.

A

True.

Gradient echo sequences use a much shorter TR than spin echo, allowing for faster imaging. This is because they do not require a 180-degree refocusing pulse.

1487
Q

Regarding gradient echo sequences:
T1 image uses a large flip angle (60-120 degrees).

A

True.

For T1-weighted gradient echo imaging, a large flip angle (typically 60-120 degrees) is used to enhance T1 contrast.

1487
Q

Regarding gradient echo sequences:
As in spin echo, TR controls T1 weighting.

A

True.

TR influences T1 weighting in both spin echo and gradient echo sequences. A short TR enhances T1 contrast, while a long TR reduces it.

1487
Q

Regarding gradient echo sequences:
Moving blood appears as a low signal.

A

FALSE.

In gradient echo sequences, moving blood often appears as a high signal due to flow-related enhancement (time-of-flight effect), unlike in spin echo where flow voids cause signal loss.

1488
Q

PD image uses a large flip angle (60-120 degrees).

A

False.

Proton density (PD) images use a small to intermediate flip angle (typically 30-50 degrees), not a large flip angle, to minimize both T1 and T2 effects

1489
Q

Regarding slice selection:
The Z gradient selects axial slices.

A

True. The Z gradient is applied to select axial slices because it alters the magnetic field along the Z-axis, allowing selection of slices in that plane.

1490
Q

Slice selection transmit bandwidth determines the slice thickness.

1490
Q

The steeper the slice select gradient, the thicker the slice.

A

FALSE. THINNER FOR A GIVEN BANDWIDTH

1491
Q

During slice selection, increasing transmit bandwidth increases axial spatial resolution.

A

False: Increasing transmit bandwidth increases slice thickness, thereby decreasing axial spatial resolution.

1492
Q

The slice select gradient is also switched on during the 180 degrees pulse in spin echo sequences.

A

True. Otherwise your 90 and 180 flips will not be specific for your slice!

So that rephasing can be delivered specifically to the selected slice.

1492
Q

Regarding spatial encoding:
Phase encoding occurs during the 180 degrees rephasing pulse.

A

FALSE.

Phase encoding is applied AFTER slice selection but before frequency encoding, NOT during the 180-degree pulse​.

IT can be before the 180 degrees rephasing pulse but it would need to be inverted if AFTER the 180.

1493
Q

Regarding spatial encoding:
The slope of the phase encoding gradient determines spatial resolution.

A

True: Steeper gradients produce greater phase shifts between 2 points and increase the phase matrix FOY, thus improving spatial resolution along the phase axis.

1493
Q

Regarding spatial encoding:
In standard orientation, the phase encoding gradient produces a gradient across the x-axis.

A

False: Across the y-axis.

1494
Q

Regarding spatial encoding:
In standard orientation, the frequency encoding gradient produces a gradient across the y-axis.

A

False: Across the x-axis.

1495
Q

Regarding spatial encoding:
Frequency encoding is applied during TE.

1495
Q

SNR in MRI increases with increasing field strength

A

SNR increases with increasing field strength (Bo) because it enhances magnetisation (Mo) and longitudinal magnetisation (Mz), leading to a stronger signal​

1495
Q

SNR in MRI: It is not related to the positioning of the receiver coils.

A

SNR is strongly dependent on the positioning of receiver coils. Coils placed closer to the region of interest detect stronger signals with reduced noise​

1495
Q

SNR in MRI: Increasing TE improves SNR

A

SNR decreases as TE increases because a longer TE allows more time for T2 decay, reducing transverse magnetisation (Mxy) before signal readout​

1495
Q

SNR in MRI: Reducing the receiver bandwidth increases SNR.

A

True.

Reducing receiver bandwidth reduces noise, thereby increasing SNR. However, this comes at the expense of longer scan times#

Reducing receiver bandwidth reduces the proportion of noise sampled relative to the signal, therefore boosting SNR

1495
Q

SNR in MRI: It depends on flip angle.

A

TRUE.

SNR is influenced by flip angle. The optimal flip angle (Ernst angle) maximises signal intensity based on T1 relaxation

1496
Q

SNR in MRI: lncreasing TR increases signal.

A

True. This allows more longitudinal magnetisation to recover with time.

Increasing TR increases signal because it allows more longitudinal magnetisation (Mz) to recover between pulses. This effect is observed up to approximately TR = 5 T1​

1496
Q

SNR in MRI: Using a contrast medium increases signal to noise ratio (SNR)

A

False.

Strictly speaking, using contrast increases contrast to noise ratio, and not SNR.

1496
Q

SNR in MRI:

By halving x,y FOV (field of view) (keeping slice thickness the same), the SNR is halved.

A

Halving the FOV results in a fourfold decrease in voxel size, leading to an SNR reduction by a factor of 4, not just halved​

1497
Q

MRI: Increasing the number of signal averages (NSA/NEX) increases SNR.

A

True.

NSA (Number of Signal Averages) and NEX (Number of Excitations) are interchangeable terms in MRI.

1497
Q

MRI: Decreasing matrix size increases SNR

A

A smaller matrix increases the size of each voxel, allowing more signal per voxel, which improves SNR

1498
Q

MRI: Increasing FOV increases spatial resolution.

A

FALSE.

Increasing the Field of View (FOV) decreases spatial resolution because larger FOVs require larger voxels (keeping matrix size constant), which reduce detail.

Smaller FOV improves spatial resolution by reducing voxel size.

1499
Q

MRI: Increasing matrix size increases spatial resolution.

A

True.

A larger matrix size means more pixels, reducing voxel size and improving spatial resolution.

Example: A 512 × 512 matrix has better resolution than a 256 × 256 matrix, as each pixel represents a smaller portion of the image.

1499
Q

MRI: Increasing slice thickness decreases spatial resolution.

A

True.

Thicker slices reduce spatial resolution because they average signal over a larger volume, leading to partial volume effects.

1500
Q

MRI: Spatial resolution affected by number of frequency encoding steps

A

True.

More frequency encoding steps increase spatial resolution by providing finer sampling in the frequency direction.

Higher encoding steps help in creating sharper images with better detail.

A larger frequency matrix means smaller voxel sizes in the x axis, improving spatial resolution.

1501
Q

MRI SNRL It is improved by using small coils

A

True.

Using smaller coils improves spatial resolution because they detect signal from a smaller region, reducing noise and improving image quality.

1501
Q

MRI Scan time depends on:
A TR.
B. TE.
C. The number of frequency encoding steps.
D. The number of signal averages (NSA/NEX).
E. The number of slice encodings.

A

B and C are false

A. Scan time is directly proportional to TR because each repetition cycle (TR) must be completed before moving to the next phase encoding step.

B. TE does not directly affect scan time because it only determines when the signal is read during each TR cycle.

C. Frequency encoding is applied once per TR and does not influence scan time.
Phase encoding (not frequency encoding) affects scan time because it requires multiple repetitions.

D. Increasing NSA/NEX increases scan time linearly because it requires repeating the entire scan multiple times for noise averaging.

E. For 3D imaging, slice encoding requires additional phase encoding steps, increasing scan time.

In 2D imaging, scan time is usually independent of slice number because slices are acquired sequentially.

1501
Q

Spatial encoding gradients are used to control FOV.

A

True.

Field of View (FOV) is controlled by the spatial encoding gradients, particularly the phase and frequency encoding gradients.

A weaker gradient increases FOV, whereas a steeper gradient reduces FOV.

The steeper the frequency, and phase encoding gradients, the larger the FOV.

In the frequency encoding direction, all information is acquired during TE.

In the phase encoding direction, all information is acquired after a single gradient step.

1502
Q

Slice selection gradient is used to control thickness.

A

True.

The slice selection gradient determines slice thickness, as it defines the frequency range excited by the RF pulse.

Large slice selection bandwidth = THICKER slice

1502
Q

The steeper the frequency, and phase encoding gradients, the larger the FOV.

A

FALSE.

STEEPER GRADIENTS = SMALLER FOV

1503
Q

In the frequency encoding direction, all information is acquired during TE.

A

Frequency encoding occurs DURING SIGNAL READOUT at TE.

This is when the frequency encoding gradient is applied, and data is collected.

1504
Q

In the phase encoding direction, all information is acquired after a single gradient step.

A

FALSE.

Phase encoding requires multiple gradient steps, with each phase encoding step contributing one line of k-space.

Each TR cycle collects only one phase encoding step, meaning full image acquisition requires multiple TRs.

1505
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It occurs in the frequency encoding direction.

A

True.

Chemical shift artefact occurs along the frequency encoding direction because fat and water have different precessional frequencies, leading to spatial misregistration.

1506
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It can be remedied by using a stronger magnetic field.

A

False.

A stronger magnetic field actually exacerbates chemical shift artefact because the frequency difference between fat and water increases with field strength.

1506
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It is decreased by decreasing receiving bandwidth.

A

False.

Decreasing receiver bandwidth increases chemical shift artefact because the frequency differences become more pronounced over a smaller range.

Increasing receiver bandwidth reduces chemical shift artefact

By increase sampling range you can fourier transform out different frequency components

1507
Q

Chemical shift artefact: manifests as signal enhancement between areas of fat and water:

A

False.

Chemical shift artefact does not cause signal enhancement but instead misregistration of fat and water signals.

It appears as a bright and dark band at the interface between fat and water.

Or just as a signal void.

1508
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It can be combated by using short tau inversion recovery (STIR) sequences.

A

True.

STIR sequences suppress fat signal, eliminating the chemical shift artefact.

1508
Q

Chemical shift artefact: Reducing the FOV can be used to reduce chemical shift artefact.

A

TRUE.

Reducing the Field of View (FOV) increases the pixel resolution, which reduces the spatial misregistration caused by chemical shift artefact.

Smaller FOV increases sampling density, helping to minimize artefacts.

1509
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It can be reduced by applying a reduced encoding frequency gradient.

A

FALSE.
It can be reduced by using a steeper gradient.

1509
Q

Chemical shift artefact: The Dixon technique is used to reduce its effect.

A

True.

In and out of phase imaging with multiple TEs and subtraction for water and fat weight images.

1509
Q

Chemical shift artefact: Is seen around the kidneys.

A

TRUE.

Chemical shift artefact is commonly seen around the kidneys due to the interface between fat and water in perirenal fat.

1510
Q

Chemical shift artefact: It can be seen in fat around the optic nerve.

A

True.

Chemical shift artefact can occur in orbital fat around the optic nerve, appearing as bright and dark bands due to the frequency differences between fat and water.

1511
Q

Motion artefact occurs along the phase encoding direction.

A

False.

Motion artefacts predominantly occur in the phase encoding direction because phase encoding is performed over multiple TR cycles, making it more susceptible to patient movement.

Frequency encoding occurs within a single TR, so motion artefacts are less visible in the frequency encoding direction.

1512
Q

Magnetic susceptibility artefacts are likely to be more noticeable in gradient echo (GRE) than on spin echo (SE) images.

A

True

Magnetic susceptibility artefacts are more pronounced in GRE sequences because GRE lacks a 180° refocusing pulse, which in SE sequences helps to correct for local field inhomogeneities.

GRE sequences amplify susceptibility artefacts, making them more visible in areas with metal implants or air-tissue interfaces.

1513
Q

MRI: Aliasing often occurs as a result of the FOV being too large.

A

False

Aliasing occurs when the FOV is too small, not too large.

When an object extends beyond the defined FOV, signals from outside the FOV “wrap around” and appear on the opposite side of the image.

1514
Q

Aliasing produces a wrap around image in the frequency encoding direction.

A

FALSE.

Aliasing (wrap-around artefact) primarily occurs in the phase encoding direction because phase encoding samples discrete steps across multiple TR cycles.

Aliasing in the frequency encoding direction is rare and is usually corrected by ensuring proper sampling bandwidth.

1515
Q

Chemical shift artefact occurs in the phase encoding direction.

A

FALSE. Frequency direction.

Since the Fourier transform takes into account the phase difference in assigning spatial location to a signal in this direction, no water-fat misregistration will occur along the phase-encoding axis in routine spin-echo or gradient-echo imaging.

https://mri-q.com/chemical-shift-in-phase.html

1515
Q

Gd-DTPA is a paramagnetic contrast agent.

1516
Q

Gd-DTPA shortens only T1 recovery time.

A

FALSE.

Gd-DTPA primarily shortens T1 relaxation time, making tissues appear brighter on T1-weighted images.

However, it also has some effect on T2 relaxation at high concentrations, causing a reduction in signal intensity on T2-weighted images.

1517
Q

Gadolinium cannot be excreted by the body

A

True. Hence it is used with a chelating agent such as DTPA. Gd-DTPA is formed which can be safely excreted. Gd itself is extremely toxic.

1518
Q

Gd-DTPA is contraindicated in sickle cell anaemia.

A

FALSE.

There is no specific contraindication for Gd-DTPA in sickle cell anaemia.

However, patients with sickle cell disease who have impaired renal function may be at risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF).

1518
Q

Gd-DTPA is contraindicated in pregnancy.

A

Gd-DTPA is contraindicated in pregnancy. ✅ True (with caution)

Gadolinium crosses the placenta and is classified as pregnancy category C, meaning risk cannot be ruled out.

Gd-DTPA should only be used in pregnancy if absolutely necessary and if the benefit outweighs the risk.

1518
Q

Iron oxide (Fe3O4) is a positive contrast agent.

A

FALSE.

Iron oxide (Fe₃O₄) is a negative contrast agent that primarily affects T2-weighted images by causing signal loss.

1519
Q

Area of uptake in normal tissue of iron oxide (Fe3O4) appears as a low signal.

A

True.

It is taken up by reticulo-endothelial system and excreted by liver.

Normal liver tissue will appear as a low signal and liver lesions will appear as a high signal on T2 weighted images.

This effect occurs because iron oxide nanoparticles create local magnetic field inhomogeneities, shortening T2 relaxation.

1520
Q

Dysprosium-DTPA is known as a superparamagnetic contrast agent.

A

Dysprosium-DTPA is classified as a superparamagnetic contrast agent, meaning it enhances magnetic susceptibility effects in MRI.

1521
Q

Iron oxide (Fe₃O₄) is known as a T1-enhancing agent.

A

False

Iron oxide (Fe₃O₄) is not a T1-enhancing agent; it predominantly affects T2-weighted sequences, reducing signal intensity.

Gadolinium-based agents are typically used for T1 enhancement.

1522
Q

Iron (Fe2+) with four unpaired electrons can be used as paramagnetic contrast.

A

True.

Paramagnetic compounds contain one or more unpaired electrons and are attracted to the poles of a magnet.

An iron ion (Fe²+) has four unpaired electrons in its d orbitals, making it paramagnetic; this is due to its electron configuration of [Ar] 3d⁶, where each of the first four d orbitals contains a single unpaired electron.

1522
Q

A controlled area is defined as an area where stray fields are greater than 0.2T.

A

FALSE.

Controlled area

5 Gauss line (0.5 mT) is drawn around the room in which the static magnetic power is greater than or equal to 5 Gauss.

Patients / staff with contraindications (pacemakers etc.) to MRI should not enter this area.

1523
Q

Anyone with a cardiac pacemaker should be excluded from areas where stray fields are greater than 0.5mT.

A

True

Patients with pacemakers should not enter areas where the magnetic field exceeds 0.5mT, as it can interfere with pacemaker function.
This is an established MRI safety guideline to prevent device malfunction.

1524
Q

MRI specific absorption ratio (SAR):
It is greater for large body parts.

A

True.

SAR increases for larger body parts because larger tissue volumes absorb more RF energy.

1524
Q

Static magnetic fields used can cause peripheral nerve stimulation.

A

Rapid changes in magnetic fields (such as those used in MRI) can induce peripheral nerve stimulation, leading to tingling sensations.

This is due to eddy currents generated in the body.

1524
Q

MRI: It is not recommended for pregnant patients to be scanned during the first three months of pregnancy.

A

True.

The theoretical risk is due to excessive heating acting as a potential teratogen.

Because of uncertainties in the RF dosimetry during pregnancy, it is recommended that exposure duration should be reduced to the minimum and that only the normal operation level is used, and to exclude pregnant women during the first three months of pregnancy.

While no proven risks have been established, radiofrequency (RF) heating and acoustic noise exposure are potential concerns.

1524
Q

MRI: Anaesthetized patients do not require hearing protection.

A

All patients, including anaesthetized ones, require hearing protection due to the high noise levels produced by MRI gradient switching.

Lack of hearing protection can cause permanent hearing damage.

1525
Q

MRI specific absorption ratio (SAR):
Is greater for SE than for GRE.

A

True.

SE sequences utilize a 90° excitation pulse followed by one or more 180° refocusing pulses, which require more radiofrequency (RF) energy. In contrast, GRE sequences use lower flip angles and rely on gradient reversals for signal refocusing, resulting in lower RF energy deposition and thus lower SAR.

1526
Q

MRI specific absorption ratio (SAR):
is greater for higher static fields.

A

True

SAR increases with higher magnetic field strengths (B₀) because the RF power required for excitation increases with field strength.

1527
Q

MRI specific absorption ratio (SAR):
is greater for a 180-degree pulse than a 90-degree pulse.

A

True

A 180-degree RF pulse deposits more energy than a 90-degree pulse, leading to a higher SAR.

1528
Q

MRI specific absorption ratio (SAR):
Restricting whole-body SAR to 1W/kg restricts whole-body temperature rise to 0.5°C.

A

True

Regulatory guidelines state that limiting whole-body SAR to 1W/kg prevents excessive heating, restricting body temperature rise to approximately 0.5°C

1529
Q

MRI Emergencies:
Quenching superconducting electromagnets only results in minimal downtime.

A

Quenching a superconducting magnet leads to significant downtime and costly repairs.

The process disrupts superconductivity, requiring extensive recommissioning.

1530
Q

MRI Emergencies:
Quenching does not result in damage to the superconducting magnet.

A

Quenching can cause severe damage to the superconducting magnet.

The rapid loss of liquid helium leads to thermal stress and potential mechanical failure.

1531
Q

MRI Emergencies:

When quenching occurs, the room should be shut and ventilation turned off.

A

False

Proper ventilation should always remain active during a quench to prevent helium gas buildup, which can displace oxygen and cause asphyxiation.

MRI rooms have quench pipes for controlled gas venting.

1532
Q

MRI Emergencies:
In the event of cardiac arrest in a superconducting magnet, the patient should remain in the MRI scanner with the arrest teams called in.

A

False. The patient should be transferred to an MR-compatible trolley and then be taken outside the control area where the arrest team can take over.

1533
Q

MRI Emergencies:
In case of fire, fire extinguishers can be used safely as normal.

A

FALSE.

Standard fire extinguishers containing ferromagnetic materials must NOT be used near an MRI scanner.
MRI-safe fire extinguishers (non-ferrous CO₂ or specific MRI-compatible models) must be used instead.

Fire fighting equipment should be used only at a safe distance which depends on field gradient, strength, and active shielding. Ideally, only carbon dioxide extinguishers should be used. Quenching should occur if firemen need to enter inner controlled areas. As a general rule, it is not advisable to take non-MRI safe equipment into the scan room.

1534
Q

MRI Electromagnets:

Resistive magnets can be turned off instantaneously.

A

True.

Resistive electromagnets can be turned off quickly by simply cutting off the power supply, unlike superconducting magnets which require controlled quenching.

A resistive magnet is a type of electromagnet used in MRI that generates a magnetic field using electrical current flowing through wire coils.

Unlike superconducting magnets, which require cryogenic cooling, resistive magnets operate at room temperature and use standard conductive materials like copper or aluminum.

1535
Q

MRI Electromagnets:

Permanent magnets can produce magnetic fields up to 1.5 T.

A

FALSE.

Permanent magnets typically operate at lower field strengths, around 0.2T to 0.5T.

1.5T is generally achieved with superconducting magnets, not permanent magnets.

1536
Q

MRI Electromagnets:
Permanent magnets typically weigh up to 80 tonnes.

A

✅ True

Permanent magnets can be extremely heavy, sometimes reaching 50–80 tonnes due to the need for large amounts of ferromagnetic material.

1537
Q

MRI Electromagnets:
Superconducting magnets are supercooled to absolute zero so that negligible resistance can be achieved.

A

False

Superconducting magnets are cooled close to absolute zero (typically 4K or -269°C using liquid helium).

Absolute zero (0K or -273.15°C) is not practically achievable.

1538
Q

MRI Electromagnets:
Faraday cage is used to eliminate fringe fields.

A

False

A Faraday cage is used to shield the MRI room from external radiofrequency (RF) interference, not to eliminate fringe fields.

Fringe fields are managed using passive or active shielding techniques, not a Faraday cage.

1538
Q

Shim coils are used to minimize magnetic field inhomogeneities.

1539
Q

For imaging purposes, homogeneity in the order of 30 parts per million (ppm) is required.

A

FALSE.

The minimum acceptable main magnetic field homogeneity for an MRI scanner is typically considered to be around 1-2 parts per million (ppm)

1540
Q

For spectroscopy, more homogenous an environment is required than for standard imaging

A

TRUE

< 1ppm

1541
Q

It is the switching off of shim coils that makes a loud banging noise.

A

False.

The loud banging noise in MRI is caused by rapid switching of gradient coils, not shim coils.

Gradient coils generate strong Lorentz forces, leading to mechanical vibrations against the magnet structure.

1541
Q

Insignificant stray fields are present in superconductive electromagnets.

A

Superconducting magnets can produce significant stray fields; however, these are often managed using active or passive shielding techniques.

1541
Q

Small stray fields are present in resistive magnets compared with superconductive electromagnets.

A

FALSE.

Resistive magnets generally have larger fringe fields compared to superconducting magnets, which often employ active shielding to reduce stray fields.

1542
Q

The RF coils are positioned close to the patient in order to maximize the signal.

A

True

RF coils detect the signal from the patient, and placing them closer increases signal-to-noise ratio (SNR).
This is why dedicated local coils (e.g., head, knee, or spine coils) are used.

1543
Q

The RF coils produce a magnetic field at right angles to the main field.

A

True

RF coils generate an oscillating magnetic field (B1) that is perpendicular to the main magnetic field (B0).
This interaction is essential for exciting hydrogen nuclei.

1544
Q

The slice select (z-axis gradient) is switched on during the application of the RF pulse.

A

True

The slice-select gradient (Gz) is applied simultaneously with the RF pulse to ensure only a specific slice of tissue resonates.

1545
Q

Surface coils are part of the main scanner.

A

False

Surface coils are separate, external coils used for localized imaging.

They are not built into the main magnet, unlike body coils.

1546
Q

Staff should not be exposed to more than 1T of static magnetic field to their whole body.

A

FALSE.
The MHRA guidelines do not specify an exact 1T limit for whole-body occupational exposure.

However, exposure to high static magnetic fields (>2–4T) can induce transient effects such as vertigo, nausea, and metallic taste​

Need to control access to areas where fringe field ≥ 0.5mT

Fringe field is not usually a problem for permanent magnets, but will need to be actively shimmed for superconducting system

1546
Q

Staff should not be exposed to more than 5T of static magnetic field to their limbs.

A

However, exposure to high static magnetic fields (>2–4T) can induce transient effects such as vertigo, nausea, and metallic taste​

Similar to whole-body exposure, there isn’t a specific 5 Tesla limit for limb exposure. The ICNIRP provides guidelines, but individual susceptibility varies. It’s crucial to adhere to safety protocols to minimize exposure.

1547
Q

Fringe fields depend on magnetic field strength.

A

True

Fringe fields are influenced by the strength of the main magnetic field. Higher field strengths can result in more extensive fringe fields, which can pose safety risks if not properly managed.

1548
Q

The fringe field is independent of shielding.

A

False.

The extent and steepness of the fringe field gradient depends on the main magnet field strength, the design of magnet (open versus tunnel bore) and the shielding employed (active, passive cladding, or whole room shielding). Each installation will differ
due to the surrounding structures and therefore it is essential that staff at every MR site should have a thorough understanding of the fringe fields relating to each scanner that is on their site.

1548
Q

A field strength of 3mT (30 Gauss) is chosen for the inner MR controlled area to avoid the projectile hazard.

A

True

A field strength of 0.5mT (5 Gauss) was chosen for the MR CONTROLLED AREA to avoid interaction with medical implants.

A field strength of 3mT (30 Gauss) was chosen for the INNER MR CONTROLLED AREA to avoid the projectile hazard.

1549
Q

MRI Safety:
In the case of infants and persons with cardiovascular impairment, the temperature increase should not exceed 0.5°C.

A

True

Infants and individuals with cardiovascular impairment have reduced thermoregulatory ability, making them more susceptible to overheating.
A maximum temperature increase of 0.5°C is recommended for these vulnerable groups

1550
Q

MRI Safety:
There is a theoretical risk of peripheral nerve stimulation.

A

True

Time-varying magnetic fields induce currents in nerve cells, leading to peripheral nerve stimulation (PNS).
PNS is a well-documented effect of MRI gradient fields, especially at high gradient switching rate

1551
Q

MRI Safety:
There is a theoretical risk of ventricular fibrillation

A

Ventricular fibrillation can theoretically be induced by strong time-varying magnetic fields, but MRI scanners operate within safety limits to prevent this.

The risk of fibrillation is highest at frequencies between 10 Hz and 100 Hz, but standard MRI systems are designed to remain below these thresholds

1552
Q

MRI Safety:
For whole-body exposures, no adverse health effects are expected if the increase in body core temperature does not exceed 1°C

A

True.

The MHRA recommends limiting whole-body heating to 1°C in controlled mode and 0.5°C in normal mode​

1553
Q

MRI Safety:
Burns are the most often reported MRI adverse incident in England.

A

True

Burns are the most frequently reported MRI-related adverse event in England.

These burns typically result from contact with conductive materials, improper patient positioning, or induced currents

1557
Q

Important in MRI Quality Assurance?
Uniformity.

A

True.

MHRA Guidelines

Uniformity is a critical parameter in MRI quality assurance as it ensures consistent signal intensity across the image.

1558
Q

Important in MRI Quality Assurance?
Ghosting.

A

True

Ghosting artefacts are an important consideration in MRI quality assurance, as they can arise from
- patient movement,
- gradient instability, or
- RF interference.

The guidelines emphasize identifying and minimizing image artefacts, including ghosting, as part of QA procedure

1559
Q

Important in MRI Quality Assurance?
Geometric distortion.

A

True.

Geometric accuracy is essential, particularly for applications like MR-guided interventions and radiotherapy planning.

Geometric distortion is a key quality assurance parameter and should be measured and quantified regularly

1560
Q

Important in MRI Quality Assurance?
Spatial resolution.

A

True.

Spatial resolution assessment is a fundamental part of MRI QA to ensure images maintain sufficient detail.

The guidelines emphasize monitoring resolution parameters as part of a broader QA programme

1561
Q

Important in MRI Quality Assurance?
Slice thickness.

A

True.

Slice thickness accuracy is a key component of MRI QA, as incorrect slice thickness can lead to misinterpretation of images.

1562
Q

‘Moving blood’ appears as a high signal on an SE sequence.

A

False.

This occurs because blood moves out of the imaging slice before the refocusing pulse can be applied, preventing signal detection sequences produce a high signal in blood.

Gradient Echo (GRE) sequences do not use a 180° refocusing pulse, meaning blood flow remains bright as there is less dephasing and more signal retention.

1563
Q

Gradient echo sequences produce a high signal in blood.

A

True.

Gradient Echo (GRE) sequences do not use a 180° refocusing pulse, meaning flowing blood retains high signal intensity, making it ideal for MRA

1564
Q

Time of flight angiography uses a gradient echo sequence with a very short TR.

A

TRUE.

ToF MRA uses short TR GRE sequences to maximize inflow enhancement, keeping moving blood bright while suppressing stationary tissues.

1565
Q

In phase-contrast MRA, the gradient strength may be adjusted to make the sequence sensitive to slow or fast flows.

A

TRUE.

Phase-contrast MRA (PC-MRA) adjusts velocity encoding (VENC) gradients to optimize sensitivity for slow or fast blood flow, allowing measurement of different flow velocities.

1565
Q

A STIR sequence is used to suppress a high signal such as that from fat.

A

True.

True. Although it is not specific to it, i.e. fat, methaemoglobin, melanin, lesions enhanced by gadolinium.

Short Tau Inversion Recovery (STIR) using an inversion recovery sequence with a short TI (inversion time)​

1566
Q

Tissues with short T1, such as fat, will always appear dark on time-of-flight (ToF) angiography.

A

FALSE.

Fat has a short T1 and can appear bright on ToF MRA unless fat suppression is applied.

ToF MRA often uses fat saturation techniques to reduce bright fat signal and enhance vascular contrast.

1567
Q

Diffusion-weighted imaging utilizes the restriction of Brownian motion of water molecules to give a signal.

A

True.

Diffusion-Weighted Imaging (DWI) detects variations in the Brownian motion of water molecules, providing high signal in areas with restricted diffusion, such as acute stroke​

1568
Q

Sequences Suitable for Gadolinium-DTPA

1568
Q

A diffusion-weighted imaging sequence on its own is normally sufficient for the interpretation of restricted water diffusion.

A

FALSE.

DWI alone is not always sufficient;

Apparent diffusion coefficient (ADC) maps are used alongside DWI to differentiate true restricted diffusion from T2 shine-through effects​

1569
Q

Intracellular methaemoglobin appears as a high signal on T1-weighted images.

A

TRUE.

Intracellular methaemoglobin has paramagnetic properties, causing T1 shortening and appearing bright on T1-weighted images​

1570
Q

Sequences Where Gadolinium Is NOT Recommended

1571
Q

Gadolinium-DTPA is normally used with a STIR sequence.

A

FALSE.

Gadolinium-DTPA should not be used with STIR sequences because STIR uses a non-selective inversion recovery pulse, which also nullifies gadolinium-enhanced tissues, reducing contrast enhancement

1572
Q

A fat saturation sequence uses an RF pulse centred on resonance frequency.

A

TRUE.

Fat saturation uses an RF pulse tuned to the resonance frequency of fat protons, allowing selective pre-saturation of fat signal before the main imaging sequence​

1572
Q

A fat saturation sequence requires a homogenous field.

A

True.

Fat saturation techniques require a homogeneous magnetic field because field inhomogeneities cause incomplete fat suppression, leading to uneven image contrast​

1573
Q

STIR is usually combined with a fast spin echo.

A

TRUE.

STIR (Short Tau Inversion Recovery) is often combined with Fast Spin Echo (FSE) sequences, which improve image contrast and reduce scan times​.

1574
Q

Melanin appears as a high signal on T2-weighted images

A

False.

Melanin appears as a high signal on T1-weighted images, not T2. On T2-weighted images, it is typically low or intermediate in signal​

1575
Q

Superparamagnetic iron oxides are known to cause back pain.

A

True.

Frequent side effect and may require stopping infusion.

1576
Q

Gd-DTPA has been reported to cause nephrogenic systemic fibrosis.

A

Gadolinium-based contrast agents (including Gd-DTPA) have been linked to nephrogenic systemic fibrosis (NSF) in patients with renal impairment.

The MHRA recommends caution in patients with kidney disease and avoiding high-risk agents in those with GFR <30 mL/min/1.73m²​

1577
Q

A water-suppressed STIR sequence is used in silicone breast imaging.

A

True.

STIR sequences can be used in breast MRI, including silicone breast imaging, to suppress fat and enhance lesion detection. Water suppression in STIR improves contrast in silicone breast implant assessment

1578
Q

Manganese chelates are taken up by normal tissue and excreted in bile.

A

True. Manganese chelates are known as hepato-biliary contrast agents and normal tissues that take up contrast will display a high signal on T1.

Manganese-based contrast agents are hepatobiliary agents, meaning they are absorbed by NORMAL liver tissue and excreted in bile, making them useful for liver imaging​.

1579
Q

Functional MRI sequences are normally acquired using the ultrafast echo planar (GE-EPI) sequence.

A

True.

Functional MRI (fMRI) relies on gradient-echo echo-planar imaging (GE-EPI) due to its high-speed acquisition capability, which is essential for detecting blood oxygen level-dependent (BOLD) contrast changes

This is to cope with the constraints of temporal resolution and T2* sensitivity.